]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
13 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
16 | #pragma hdrstop | |
17 | #endif | |
18 | ||
19 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
20 | ||
21 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
22 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
23 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
24 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
25 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
26 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
27 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
28 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
29 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
30 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
31 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
32 | #endif | |
33 | ||
34 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
35 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
38 | ||
39 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
41 | ||
42 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
43 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
44 | #else | |
45 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
46 | #endif | |
47 | ||
48 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
49 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
50 | #else | |
51 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
52 | #endif | |
53 | ||
54 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
55 | #include <ctype.h> | |
56 | ||
57 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
58 | // array classes | |
59 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
60 | ||
61 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, | |
62 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
63 | ||
64 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
65 | { | |
66 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
67 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
68 | { | |
69 | } | |
70 | ||
71 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
72 | { | |
73 | attr->DecRef(); | |
74 | } | |
75 | ||
76 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
77 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
78 | ||
79 | // Cannot do this: | |
80 | // DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr) | |
81 | // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. | |
82 | }; | |
83 | ||
84 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, | |
85 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
86 | ||
87 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
88 | ||
89 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
90 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
91 | ||
92 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
93 | // events | |
94 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
95 | ||
96 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
97 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
98 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
99 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
100 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) | |
101 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
102 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
103 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
104 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
113 | ||
114 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
115 | // private classes | |
116 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
117 | ||
118 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
119 | { | |
120 | public: | |
121 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
122 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
123 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
124 | ||
125 | private: | |
126 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
127 | ||
128 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
129 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
130 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
131 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
132 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
133 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
134 | ||
135 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
136 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
137 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
138 | }; | |
139 | ||
140 | ||
141 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
142 | { | |
143 | public: | |
144 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
145 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
146 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
147 | ||
148 | private: | |
149 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
150 | ||
151 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
152 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
153 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
154 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
155 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
156 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
157 | ||
158 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
159 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
160 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
161 | }; | |
162 | ||
163 | ||
164 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
165 | { | |
166 | public: | |
167 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
168 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
169 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
170 | ||
171 | private: | |
172 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
173 | ||
174 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
175 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
176 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
177 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
178 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
179 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
180 | ||
181 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
182 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
183 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
184 | }; | |
185 | ||
186 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow | |
187 | { | |
188 | public: | |
189 | wxGridWindow() | |
190 | { | |
191 | m_owner = NULL; | |
192 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
193 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
194 | } | |
195 | ||
196 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
197 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
198 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
199 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
200 | ~wxGridWindow() {} | |
201 | ||
202 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
203 | ||
204 | wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
205 | ||
206 | private: | |
207 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
208 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
209 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
210 | ||
211 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
212 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
213 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
214 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
215 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
216 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
217 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
218 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); | |
219 | ||
220 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
221 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
222 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
223 | }; | |
224 | ||
225 | ||
226 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
227 | { | |
228 | public: | |
229 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
230 | : m_grid(grid), | |
231 | m_editor(editor), | |
232 | m_inSetFocus(false) | |
233 | { | |
234 | } | |
235 | ||
236 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); | |
237 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
238 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
239 | ||
240 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } | |
241 | ||
242 | private: | |
243 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
244 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; | |
245 | ||
246 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to | |
247 | // a combobox within a set focus event. | |
248 | bool m_inSetFocus; | |
249 | ||
250 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
251 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
252 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
253 | }; | |
254 | ||
255 | ||
256 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
257 | ||
258 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
259 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
260 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
261 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
262 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
263 | ||
264 | ||
265 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
266 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
267 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
268 | ||
269 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
270 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData | |
271 | { | |
272 | public: | |
273 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
274 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
275 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
276 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
277 | ||
278 | private: | |
279 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
280 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
281 | ||
282 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
283 | }; | |
284 | ||
285 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
286 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
287 | { | |
288 | public: | |
289 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
290 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} | |
291 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
292 | ||
293 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
294 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
295 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
296 | ||
297 | private: | |
298 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
299 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
300 | }; | |
301 | ||
302 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
303 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
304 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
305 | { | |
306 | public: | |
307 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
308 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
309 | m_colAttrs; | |
310 | }; | |
311 | ||
312 | ||
313 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
314 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
315 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
316 | ||
317 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
318 | { | |
319 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
320 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
321 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
322 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
323 | {} | |
324 | ||
325 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
326 | { | |
327 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
328 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
329 | } | |
330 | ||
331 | wxString m_typeName; | |
332 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
333 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
334 | ||
335 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
336 | }; | |
337 | ||
338 | ||
339 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, | |
340 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
341 | ||
342 | ||
343 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry | |
344 | { | |
345 | public: | |
346 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
347 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
348 | ||
349 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
350 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
351 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
352 | ||
353 | // find one of already registered data types | |
354 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
355 | ||
356 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
357 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
358 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
359 | ||
360 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
361 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
362 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
363 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
364 | ||
365 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
366 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
367 | ||
368 | private: | |
369 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
370 | }; | |
371 | ||
372 | ||
373 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
374 | // conditional compilation | |
375 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
376 | ||
377 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
378 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
379 | #endif | |
380 | ||
381 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
382 | // globals | |
383 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
384 | ||
385 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
386 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
387 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
388 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
389 | #endif | |
390 | ||
391 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
392 | // constants | |
393 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
394 | ||
395 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
396 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
397 | ||
398 | // scroll line size | |
399 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
400 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
401 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
402 | // | |
403 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
404 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
405 | // -- Robin | |
406 | // | |
407 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs | |
408 | // fixing anyhow | |
409 | // -- Vadim | |
410 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; | |
411 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
412 | ||
413 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
414 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
415 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
416 | ||
417 | #if 0 | |
418 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
419 | // private functions | |
420 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
421 | ||
422 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) | |
423 | { | |
424 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
425 | } | |
426 | ||
427 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) | |
428 | { | |
429 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
430 | } | |
431 | #endif | |
432 | ||
433 | // ============================================================================ | |
434 | // implementation | |
435 | // ============================================================================ | |
436 | ||
437 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
438 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
439 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
440 | ||
441 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
442 | { | |
443 | m_control = NULL; | |
444 | m_attr = NULL; | |
445 | } | |
446 | ||
447 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
448 | { | |
449 | Destroy(); | |
450 | } | |
451 | ||
452 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
453 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
454 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
455 | { | |
456 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
457 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
458 | } | |
459 | ||
460 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
461 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
462 | { | |
463 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
464 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
465 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
466 | if (gridWindow) | |
467 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
468 | ||
469 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
470 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
471 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
472 | ||
473 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
474 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
475 | } | |
476 | ||
477 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
478 | { | |
479 | if (m_control) | |
480 | { | |
481 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); | |
482 | ||
483 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
484 | m_control = NULL; | |
485 | } | |
486 | } | |
487 | ||
488 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
489 | { | |
490 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
491 | ||
492 | m_control->Show(show); | |
493 | ||
494 | if ( show ) | |
495 | { | |
496 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
497 | if ( attr ) | |
498 | { | |
499 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
500 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
501 | ||
502 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
503 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
504 | ||
505 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
506 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
507 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
508 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
509 | #endif | |
510 | ||
511 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
512 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
513 | } | |
514 | } | |
515 | else | |
516 | { | |
517 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
518 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
519 | { | |
520 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
521 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
522 | } | |
523 | ||
524 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
525 | { | |
526 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
527 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
528 | } | |
529 | ||
530 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
531 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
532 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
533 | { | |
534 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
535 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
536 | } | |
537 | #endif | |
538 | } | |
539 | } | |
540 | ||
541 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
542 | { | |
543 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
544 | ||
545 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
546 | } | |
547 | ||
548 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
549 | { | |
550 | event.Skip(); | |
551 | } | |
552 | ||
553 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
554 | { | |
555 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); | |
556 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); | |
557 | ||
558 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
559 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of | |
560 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. | |
561 | alt = event.MetaDown(); | |
562 | #endif | |
563 | ||
564 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are | |
565 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them | |
566 | // through in that case. | |
567 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) | |
568 | return false; | |
569 | ||
570 | int key = 0; | |
571 | bool keyOk = true; | |
572 | ||
573 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
574 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may | |
575 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a | |
576 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but | |
577 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. | |
578 | key = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
579 | if (key <= 127) | |
580 | { | |
581 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
582 | keyOk = (key <= 127); | |
583 | } | |
584 | #else | |
585 | key = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
586 | keyOk = (key <= 255); | |
587 | #endif | |
588 | ||
589 | return keyOk; | |
590 | } | |
591 | ||
592 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
593 | { | |
594 | event.Skip(); | |
595 | } | |
596 | ||
597 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
598 | { | |
599 | } | |
600 | ||
601 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
602 | ||
603 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
604 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
605 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
606 | ||
607 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
608 | { | |
609 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
610 | } | |
611 | ||
612 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
613 | wxWindowID id, | |
614 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
615 | { | |
616 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
617 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
618 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
619 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | |
620 | #endif | |
621 | ); | |
622 | ||
623 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
624 | if (m_maxChars != 0) | |
625 | { | |
626 | ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
627 | } | |
628 | ||
629 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
630 | } | |
631 | ||
632 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
633 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
634 | { | |
635 | // as we fill the entire client area, | |
636 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker | |
637 | } | |
638 | ||
639 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
640 | { | |
641 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
642 | ||
643 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins | |
644 | // | |
645 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix | |
646 | // | |
647 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
648 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
649 | { | |
650 | rect.x += 1; | |
651 | rect.y += 1; | |
652 | rect.width -= 1; | |
653 | rect.height -= 1; | |
654 | } | |
655 | #else // !GTK | |
656 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
657 | ||
658 | // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show | |
659 | // when the editor is in the first row. | |
660 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
661 | int extra_y = 2; | |
662 | #else | |
663 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
664 | #endif | |
665 | ||
666 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
667 | extra_x *= 2; | |
668 | extra_y *= 2; | |
669 | #endif | |
670 | ||
671 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
672 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
673 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); | |
674 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); | |
675 | #endif // GTK/!GTK | |
676 | ||
677 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
678 | } | |
679 | ||
680 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
681 | { | |
682 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
683 | ||
684 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
685 | ||
686 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
687 | } | |
688 | ||
689 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
690 | { | |
691 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
692 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
693 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); | |
694 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
695 | } | |
696 | ||
697 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
698 | { | |
699 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
700 | ||
701 | bool changed = false; | |
702 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
703 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
704 | changed = true; | |
705 | ||
706 | if (changed) | |
707 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
708 | ||
709 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
710 | ||
711 | // No point in setting the text of the hidden control | |
712 | //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
713 | ||
714 | return changed; | |
715 | } | |
716 | ||
717 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
718 | { | |
719 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
720 | ||
721 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
722 | } | |
723 | ||
724 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
725 | { | |
726 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
727 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
728 | } | |
729 | ||
730 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
731 | { | |
732 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); | |
733 | } | |
734 | ||
735 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
736 | { | |
737 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no | |
738 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. | |
739 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have | |
740 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. | |
741 | ||
742 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); | |
743 | wxChar ch; | |
744 | long pos; | |
745 | ||
746 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
747 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
748 | if (ch <= 127) | |
749 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
750 | #else | |
751 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
752 | #endif | |
753 | ||
754 | switch (ch) | |
755 | { | |
756 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
757 | // delete the character at the cursor | |
758 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
759 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) | |
760 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); | |
761 | break; | |
762 | ||
763 | case WXK_BACK: | |
764 | // delete the character before the cursor | |
765 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
766 | if (pos > 0) | |
767 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); | |
768 | break; | |
769 | ||
770 | default: | |
771 | tc->WriteText(ch); | |
772 | break; | |
773 | } | |
774 | } | |
775 | ||
776 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
777 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
778 | { | |
779 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
780 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
781 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
782 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
783 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
784 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
785 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
786 | #else | |
787 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
788 | // | |
789 | event.Skip(); | |
790 | #endif | |
791 | } | |
792 | ||
793 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
794 | { | |
795 | if ( !params ) | |
796 | { | |
797 | // reset to default | |
798 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
799 | } | |
800 | else | |
801 | { | |
802 | long tmp; | |
803 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
804 | { | |
805 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
806 | } | |
807 | else | |
808 | { | |
809 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); | |
810 | } | |
811 | } | |
812 | } | |
813 | ||
814 | // return the value in the text control | |
815 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
816 | { | |
817 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
818 | } | |
819 | ||
820 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
821 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
822 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
823 | ||
824 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
825 | { | |
826 | m_min = min; | |
827 | m_max = max; | |
828 | } | |
829 | ||
830 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
831 | wxWindowID id, | |
832 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
833 | { | |
834 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
835 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
836 | { | |
837 | // create a spin ctrl | |
838 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, | |
839 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
840 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
841 | m_min, m_max); | |
842 | ||
843 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
844 | } | |
845 | else | |
846 | #endif | |
847 | { | |
848 | // just a text control | |
849 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
850 | ||
851 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
852 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
853 | #endif | |
854 | } | |
855 | } | |
856 | ||
857 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
858 | { | |
859 | // first get the value | |
860 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
861 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
862 | { | |
863 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
864 | } | |
865 | else | |
866 | { | |
867 | m_valueOld = 0; | |
868 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
869 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
870 | { | |
871 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
872 | return; | |
873 | } | |
874 | } | |
875 | ||
876 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
877 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
878 | { | |
879 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
880 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
881 | } | |
882 | else | |
883 | #endif | |
884 | { | |
885 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
886 | } | |
887 | } | |
888 | ||
889 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
890 | wxGrid* grid) | |
891 | { | |
892 | bool changed; | |
893 | long value = 0; | |
894 | wxString text; | |
895 | ||
896 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
897 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
898 | { | |
899 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
900 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
901 | if (changed) | |
902 | text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
903 | } | |
904 | else | |
905 | #endif | |
906 | { | |
907 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
908 | changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
909 | } | |
910 | ||
911 | if ( changed ) | |
912 | { | |
913 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
914 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
915 | else | |
916 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
917 | } | |
918 | ||
919 | return changed; | |
920 | } | |
921 | ||
922 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
923 | { | |
924 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
925 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
926 | { | |
927 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
928 | } | |
929 | else | |
930 | #endif | |
931 | { | |
932 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
933 | } | |
934 | } | |
935 | ||
936 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
937 | { | |
938 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
939 | { | |
940 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
941 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
942 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) | |
943 | { | |
944 | return true; | |
945 | } | |
946 | } | |
947 | ||
948 | return false; | |
949 | } | |
950 | ||
951 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
952 | { | |
953 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
954 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
955 | { | |
956 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') | |
957 | { | |
958 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
959 | ||
960 | // skip Skip() below | |
961 | return; | |
962 | } | |
963 | } | |
964 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
965 | else | |
966 | { | |
967 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) | |
968 | { | |
969 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; | |
970 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); | |
971 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); | |
972 | return; | |
973 | } | |
974 | } | |
975 | #endif | |
976 | ||
977 | event.Skip(); | |
978 | } | |
979 | ||
980 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
981 | { | |
982 | if ( !params ) | |
983 | { | |
984 | // reset to default | |
985 | m_min = | |
986 | m_max = -1; | |
987 | } | |
988 | else | |
989 | { | |
990 | long tmp; | |
991 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
992 | { | |
993 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
994 | ||
995 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
996 | { | |
997 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
998 | ||
999 | // skip the error message below | |
1000 | return; | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | } | |
1003 | ||
1004 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1005 | } | |
1006 | } | |
1007 | ||
1008 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
1009 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
1010 | { | |
1011 | wxString s; | |
1012 | ||
1013 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1014 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1015 | { | |
1016 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1017 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1018 | } | |
1019 | else | |
1020 | #endif | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1023 | } | |
1024 | ||
1025 | return s; | |
1026 | } | |
1027 | ||
1028 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1029 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1030 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1031 | ||
1032 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1033 | { | |
1034 | m_width = width; | |
1035 | m_precision = precision; | |
1036 | } | |
1037 | ||
1038 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1039 | wxWindowID id, | |
1040 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1041 | { | |
1042 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1043 | ||
1044 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1045 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1046 | #endif | |
1047 | } | |
1048 | ||
1049 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1050 | { | |
1051 | // first get the value | |
1052 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1053 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1054 | { | |
1055 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1056 | } | |
1057 | else | |
1058 | { | |
1059 | m_valueOld = 0.0; | |
1060 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1061 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
1062 | { | |
1063 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1064 | return; | |
1065 | } | |
1066 | } | |
1067 | ||
1068 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1069 | } | |
1070 | ||
1071 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1072 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | double value = 0.0; | |
1075 | wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); | |
1076 | ||
1077 | if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && | |
1078 | !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) ) | |
1079 | { | |
1080 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1081 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1082 | else | |
1083 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1084 | ||
1085 | return true; | |
1086 | } | |
1087 | ||
1088 | return false; | |
1089 | } | |
1090 | ||
1091 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1092 | { | |
1093 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1094 | } | |
1095 | ||
1096 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1097 | { | |
1098 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1099 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1100 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1101 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1102 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1103 | ||
1104 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1105 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == | |
1106 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1107 | #else | |
1108 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1109 | #endif | |
1110 | ||
1111 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
1112 | || is_decimal_point ) | |
1113 | { | |
1114 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1115 | ||
1116 | // skip Skip() below | |
1117 | return; | |
1118 | } | |
1119 | ||
1120 | event.Skip(); | |
1121 | } | |
1122 | ||
1123 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1124 | { | |
1125 | if ( !params ) | |
1126 | { | |
1127 | // reset to default | |
1128 | m_width = | |
1129 | m_precision = -1; | |
1130 | } | |
1131 | else | |
1132 | { | |
1133 | long tmp; | |
1134 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1135 | { | |
1136 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1137 | ||
1138 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1141 | ||
1142 | // skip the error message below | |
1143 | return; | |
1144 | } | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | ||
1147 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1148 | } | |
1149 | } | |
1150 | ||
1151 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1152 | { | |
1153 | wxString fmt; | |
1154 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) | |
1155 | { | |
1156 | // default precision | |
1157 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | // default width | |
1162 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1163 | } | |
1164 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) | |
1165 | { | |
1166 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1167 | } | |
1168 | else | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | // default width/precision | |
1171 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1172 | } | |
1173 | ||
1174 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1175 | } | |
1176 | ||
1177 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1178 | { | |
1179 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1180 | { | |
1181 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1182 | printf("%d\n", keycode); | |
1183 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' | |
1184 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1185 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1186 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1187 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1188 | ||
1189 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1190 | bool is_decimal_point = | |
1191 | ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, | |
1192 | wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1193 | #else | |
1194 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1195 | #endif | |
1196 | ||
1197 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1198 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' || | |
1199 | is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') ) | |
1200 | { | |
1201 | return true; | |
1202 | } | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | ||
1205 | return false; | |
1206 | } | |
1207 | ||
1208 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1209 | ||
1210 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1211 | ||
1212 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1213 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1214 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1215 | ||
1216 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1217 | wxWindowID id, | |
1218 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1219 | { | |
1220 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1221 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1222 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1223 | ||
1224 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1225 | } | |
1226 | ||
1227 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1228 | { | |
1229 | bool resize = false; | |
1230 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1231 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1232 | ||
1233 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1234 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1235 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1236 | { | |
1237 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1238 | size = sizeBest; | |
1239 | ||
1240 | resize = true; | |
1241 | } | |
1242 | ||
1243 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1244 | { | |
1245 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1246 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1247 | ||
1248 | resize = true; | |
1249 | } | |
1250 | ||
1251 | if ( resize ) | |
1252 | { | |
1253 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1257 | ||
1258 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1259 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1260 | // so shift it to the right | |
1261 | size.x -= 8; | |
1262 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1263 | // here too, but in other way | |
1264 | size.x += 1; | |
1265 | size.y -= 2; | |
1266 | #endif | |
1267 | ||
1268 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1269 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1270 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1271 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1272 | ||
1273 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1274 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1275 | { | |
1276 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1277 | ||
1278 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1279 | x += 2; | |
1280 | #endif | |
1281 | ||
1282 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1283 | } | |
1284 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1285 | { | |
1286 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1287 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1288 | } | |
1289 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
1292 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1293 | } | |
1294 | ||
1295 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1296 | } | |
1297 | ||
1298 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1299 | { | |
1300 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1301 | ||
1302 | if ( show ) | |
1303 | { | |
1304 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1305 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1306 | } | |
1307 | } | |
1308 | ||
1309 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1310 | { | |
1311 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1312 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1313 | ||
1314 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1315 | { | |
1316 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1317 | } | |
1318 | else | |
1319 | { | |
1320 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1321 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
1322 | } | |
1323 | ||
1324 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1325 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1326 | } | |
1327 | ||
1328 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1329 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1330 | { | |
1331 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1332 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1333 | ||
1334 | bool changed = false; | |
1335 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1336 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1337 | changed = true; | |
1338 | ||
1339 | if ( changed ) | |
1340 | { | |
1341 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1342 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1343 | else | |
1344 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1345 | } | |
1346 | ||
1347 | return changed; | |
1348 | } | |
1349 | ||
1350 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1351 | { | |
1352 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1353 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1354 | ||
1355 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1356 | } | |
1357 | ||
1358 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1359 | { | |
1360 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1361 | } | |
1362 | ||
1363 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1364 | { | |
1365 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1366 | { | |
1367 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1368 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1369 | { | |
1370 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1371 | case '+': | |
1372 | case '-': | |
1373 | return true; | |
1374 | } | |
1375 | } | |
1376 | ||
1377 | return false; | |
1378 | } | |
1379 | ||
1380 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1381 | { | |
1382 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1383 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1384 | { | |
1385 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1386 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1387 | break; | |
1388 | ||
1389 | case '+': | |
1390 | CBox()->SetValue(true); | |
1391 | break; | |
1392 | ||
1393 | case '-': | |
1394 | CBox()->SetValue(false); | |
1395 | break; | |
1396 | } | |
1397 | } | |
1398 | ||
1399 | ||
1400 | // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false | |
1401 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
1402 | { | |
1403 | bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1404 | return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString; | |
1405 | } | |
1406 | ||
1407 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1408 | ||
1409 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1410 | ||
1411 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1412 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1413 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1414 | ||
1415 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, | |
1416 | bool allowOthers) | |
1417 | : m_choices(choices), | |
1418 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } | |
1419 | ||
1420 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1421 | const wxString choices[], | |
1422 | bool allowOthers) | |
1423 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1424 | { | |
1425 | if ( count ) | |
1426 | { | |
1427 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1428 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1429 | { | |
1430 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1431 | } | |
1432 | } | |
1433 | } | |
1434 | ||
1435 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1436 | { | |
1437 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1438 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1439 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1440 | ||
1441 | return editor; | |
1442 | } | |
1443 | ||
1444 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1445 | wxWindowID id, | |
1446 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1447 | { | |
1448 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1449 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1450 | m_choices, | |
1451 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1452 | ||
1453 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1454 | } | |
1455 | ||
1456 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1457 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1460 | // flicker | |
1461 | ||
1462 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1463 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to | |
1464 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. | |
1465 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1466 | } | |
1467 | ||
1468 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1469 | { | |
1470 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1471 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1472 | ||
1473 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; | |
1474 | if (m_control) | |
1475 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); | |
1476 | ||
1477 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit | |
1478 | if (evtHandler) | |
1479 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); | |
1480 | ||
1481 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1482 | ||
1483 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1484 | { | |
1485 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1486 | } | |
1487 | else | |
1488 | { | |
1489 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
1490 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); | |
1491 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1492 | pos = 0; | |
1493 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
1494 | } | |
1495 | ||
1496 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1497 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1498 | ||
1499 | if (evtHandler) | |
1500 | { | |
1501 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event | |
1502 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. | |
1503 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1504 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); | |
1505 | #endif | |
1506 | } | |
1507 | } | |
1508 | ||
1509 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1510 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1511 | { | |
1512 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1513 | if ( value == m_startValue ) | |
1514 | return false; | |
1515 | ||
1516 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1517 | ||
1518 | return true; | |
1519 | } | |
1520 | ||
1521 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1522 | { | |
1523 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1524 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1525 | } | |
1526 | ||
1527 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1528 | { | |
1529 | if ( !params ) | |
1530 | { | |
1531 | // what can we do? | |
1532 | return; | |
1533 | } | |
1534 | ||
1535 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1536 | ||
1537 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1538 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1539 | { | |
1540 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1541 | } | |
1542 | } | |
1543 | ||
1544 | // return the value in the text control | |
1545 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
1546 | { | |
1547 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1548 | } | |
1549 | ||
1550 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1551 | ||
1552 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1553 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1554 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1555 | ||
1556 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
1557 | { | |
1558 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it | |
1559 | if (m_inSetFocus) | |
1560 | return; | |
1561 | ||
1562 | // accept changes | |
1563 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1564 | ||
1565 | event.Skip(); | |
1566 | } | |
1567 | ||
1568 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1569 | { | |
1570 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1571 | { | |
1572 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1573 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1574 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1575 | break; | |
1576 | ||
1577 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1578 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1579 | break; | |
1580 | ||
1581 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1582 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1583 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1584 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1585 | break; | |
1586 | ||
1587 | default: | |
1588 | event.Skip(); | |
1589 | break; | |
1590 | } | |
1591 | } | |
1592 | ||
1593 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1594 | { | |
1595 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); | |
1596 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); | |
1597 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); | |
1598 | int cw, ch; | |
1599 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
1600 | ||
1601 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible | |
1602 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); | |
1603 | ||
1604 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1605 | { | |
1606 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1607 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1608 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1609 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1610 | break; | |
1611 | ||
1612 | case WXK_HOME: | |
1613 | { | |
1614 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | // no special processing needed... | |
1617 | event.Skip(); | |
1618 | break; | |
1619 | } | |
1620 | ||
1621 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1622 | ||
1623 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1624 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1625 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1626 | { | |
1627 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1628 | } | |
1629 | ||
1630 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1631 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1632 | if (col != 0) | |
1633 | { | |
1634 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1635 | } | |
1636 | else | |
1637 | { | |
1638 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1639 | } | |
1640 | event.Skip(); | |
1641 | break; | |
1642 | } | |
1643 | ||
1644 | case WXK_END: | |
1645 | { | |
1646 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
1647 | { | |
1648 | // no special processing needed... | |
1649 | event.Skip(); | |
1650 | break; | |
1651 | } | |
1652 | ||
1653 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
1654 | ||
1655 | int textWidth = 0; | |
1656 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); | |
1657 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) | |
1658 | { | |
1659 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) | |
1660 | int y; | |
1661 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); | |
1662 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); | |
1663 | ||
1664 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling | |
1665 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
1666 | ||
1667 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, | |
1668 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar | |
1669 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? | |
1670 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); | |
1671 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) | |
1672 | { | |
1673 | textWidth = 0; | |
1674 | } | |
1675 | } | |
1676 | ||
1677 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
1678 | int colXPos = 0; | |
1679 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
1680 | { | |
1681 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
1682 | } | |
1683 | ||
1684 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents | |
1685 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents | |
1686 | colXPos += textWidth; | |
1687 | ||
1688 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
1689 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
1690 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
1691 | event.Skip(); | |
1692 | break; | |
1693 | } | |
1694 | ||
1695 | default: | |
1696 | event.Skip(); | |
1697 | break; | |
1698 | } | |
1699 | } | |
1700 | ||
1701 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1702 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1703 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1704 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1705 | ||
1706 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1707 | { | |
1708 | // nothing to do | |
1709 | } | |
1710 | ||
1711 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1712 | { | |
1713 | } | |
1714 | ||
1715 | // ============================================================================ | |
1716 | // renderer classes | |
1717 | // ============================================================================ | |
1718 | ||
1719 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1720 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1721 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1722 | ||
1723 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1724 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1725 | wxDC& dc, | |
1726 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1727 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1728 | bool isSelected) | |
1729 | { | |
1730 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1731 | ||
1732 | // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
1733 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1734 | { | |
1735 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1736 | { | |
1737 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1738 | } | |
1739 | else | |
1740 | { | |
1741 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1742 | } | |
1743 | } | |
1744 | else | |
1745 | { | |
1746 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID)); | |
1747 | } | |
1748 | ||
1749 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1750 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1751 | } | |
1752 | ||
1753 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1754 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1755 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1756 | ||
1757 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, | |
1758 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1759 | wxDC& dc, | |
1760 | bool isSelected) | |
1761 | { | |
1762 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1763 | ||
1764 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1765 | ||
1766 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
1767 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1768 | { | |
1769 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1770 | { | |
1771 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1772 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1773 | } | |
1774 | else | |
1775 | { | |
1776 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1777 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1778 | } | |
1779 | } | |
1780 | else | |
1781 | { | |
1782 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
1783 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
1784 | } | |
1785 | ||
1786 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | ||
1789 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1790 | wxDC& dc, | |
1791 | const wxString& text) | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1794 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1795 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1796 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1797 | { | |
1798 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1799 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1800 | } | |
1801 | ||
1802 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1803 | ||
1804 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1805 | } | |
1806 | ||
1807 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1808 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1809 | wxDC& dc, | |
1810 | int row, int col) | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1813 | } | |
1814 | ||
1815 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1816 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1817 | wxDC& dc, | |
1818 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1819 | int row, int col, | |
1820 | bool isSelected) | |
1821 | { | |
1822 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1823 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1824 | ||
1825 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
1826 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1827 | ||
1828 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1829 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1830 | ||
1831 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
1832 | ||
1833 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
1834 | { | |
1835 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
1836 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
1837 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
1838 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 | |
1839 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
1840 | { | |
1841 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
1842 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
1843 | { | |
1844 | bool is_empty = true; | |
1845 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
1846 | { | |
1847 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
1848 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
1849 | if (c_rows > 0) | |
1850 | c_rows = 0; | |
1851 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) | |
1852 | { | |
1853 | is_empty = false; | |
1854 | break; | |
1855 | } | |
1856 | } | |
1857 | ||
1858 | if (is_empty) | |
1859 | { | |
1860 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
1861 | } | |
1862 | else | |
1863 | { | |
1864 | i--; | |
1865 | break; | |
1866 | } | |
1867 | ||
1868 | if (rect.width >= best_width) | |
1869 | break; | |
1870 | } | |
1871 | ||
1872 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
1873 | if (overflowCols >= cols) | |
1874 | overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
1875 | } | |
1876 | ||
1877 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
1878 | { | |
1879 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
1880 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
1881 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
1882 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
1883 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; | |
1884 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
1885 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
1886 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
1887 | { | |
1888 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1889 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1890 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
1891 | ||
1892 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
1893 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
1894 | ||
1895 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1896 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1897 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1898 | } | |
1899 | ||
1900 | rect = rectCell; | |
1901 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1902 | rect.width++; | |
1903 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1904 | } | |
1905 | } | |
1906 | ||
1907 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1908 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1909 | ||
1910 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1911 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1912 | } | |
1913 | ||
1914 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1915 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1916 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1917 | ||
1918 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1919 | { | |
1920 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1921 | wxString text; | |
1922 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1923 | { | |
1924 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | else | |
1927 | { | |
1928 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1929 | } | |
1930 | ||
1931 | return text; | |
1932 | } | |
1933 | ||
1934 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1935 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1936 | wxDC& dc, | |
1937 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1938 | int row, int col, | |
1939 | bool isSelected) | |
1940 | { | |
1941 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1942 | ||
1943 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1944 | ||
1945 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1946 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1947 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1948 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1949 | ||
1950 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1951 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1952 | ||
1953 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1954 | } | |
1955 | ||
1956 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1957 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1958 | wxDC& dc, | |
1959 | int row, int col) | |
1960 | { | |
1961 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1962 | } | |
1963 | ||
1964 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1965 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1966 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1967 | ||
1968 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1969 | { | |
1970 | SetWidth(width); | |
1971 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1972 | } | |
1973 | ||
1974 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1975 | { | |
1976 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1977 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1978 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1979 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1980 | ||
1981 | return renderer; | |
1982 | } | |
1983 | ||
1984 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1985 | { | |
1986 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1987 | ||
1988 | bool hasDouble; | |
1989 | double val; | |
1990 | wxString text; | |
1991 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1992 | { | |
1993 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1994 | hasDouble = true; | |
1995 | } | |
1996 | else | |
1997 | { | |
1998 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1999 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
2000 | } | |
2001 | ||
2002 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
2003 | { | |
2004 | if ( !m_format ) | |
2005 | { | |
2006 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
2007 | { | |
2008 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | // default width/precision | |
2011 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
2012 | } | |
2013 | else | |
2014 | { | |
2015 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | } | |
2018 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2019 | { | |
2020 | // default precision | |
2021 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
2022 | } | |
2023 | else | |
2024 | { | |
2025 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
2026 | } | |
2027 | } | |
2028 | ||
2029 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
2030 | ||
2031 | } | |
2032 | //else: text already contains the string | |
2033 | ||
2034 | return text; | |
2035 | } | |
2036 | ||
2037 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2038 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2039 | wxDC& dc, | |
2040 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2041 | int row, int col, | |
2042 | bool isSelected) | |
2043 | { | |
2044 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2045 | ||
2046 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2047 | ||
2048 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2049 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2050 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2051 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2052 | ||
2053 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2054 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2055 | ||
2056 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2057 | } | |
2058 | ||
2059 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2060 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2061 | wxDC& dc, | |
2062 | int row, int col) | |
2063 | { | |
2064 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2065 | } | |
2066 | ||
2067 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2068 | { | |
2069 | if ( !params ) | |
2070 | { | |
2071 | // reset to defaults | |
2072 | SetWidth(-1); | |
2073 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
2074 | } | |
2075 | else | |
2076 | { | |
2077 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
2078 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2079 | { | |
2080 | long width; | |
2081 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
2082 | { | |
2083 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
2084 | } | |
2085 | else | |
2086 | { | |
2087 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2088 | } | |
2089 | } | |
2090 | ||
2091 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
2092 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2093 | { | |
2094 | long precision; | |
2095 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
2098 | } | |
2099 | else | |
2100 | { | |
2101 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2102 | } | |
2103 | } | |
2104 | } | |
2105 | } | |
2106 | ||
2107 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2108 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
2109 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2110 | ||
2111 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2112 | ||
2113 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
2114 | ||
2115 | // between checkmark and box | |
2116 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
2117 | ||
2118 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2119 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
2120 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
2121 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
2122 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
2123 | { | |
2124 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
2125 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
2126 | { | |
2127 | // get checkbox size | |
2128 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); | |
2129 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
2130 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
2131 | ||
2132 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
2133 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2134 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
2135 | #endif | |
2136 | ||
2137 | delete checkbox; | |
2138 | ||
2139 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
2140 | } | |
2141 | ||
2142 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2143 | } | |
2144 | ||
2145 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2146 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2147 | wxDC& dc, | |
2148 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2149 | int row, int col, | |
2150 | bool isSelected) | |
2151 | { | |
2152 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
2153 | ||
2154 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
2155 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
2156 | ||
2157 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
2158 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
2159 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
2160 | { | |
2161 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
2162 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
2163 | } | |
2164 | ||
2165 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
2166 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
2167 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2168 | ||
2169 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2170 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2171 | { | |
2172 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
2173 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2174 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2175 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2176 | } | |
2177 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2178 | { | |
2179 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2180 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2181 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2182 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2183 | } | |
2184 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2185 | { | |
2186 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2187 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2188 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2189 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2190 | } | |
2191 | ||
2192 | bool value; | |
2193 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2194 | { | |
2195 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2196 | } | |
2197 | else | |
2198 | { | |
2199 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2200 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
2201 | } | |
2202 | ||
2203 | if ( value ) | |
2204 | { | |
2205 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
2206 | ||
2207 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
2208 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
2209 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2); | |
2210 | rectMark.x++; | |
2211 | rectMark.y++; | |
2212 | #else | |
2213 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
2214 | #endif | |
2215 | ||
2216 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
2217 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
2218 | } | |
2219 | ||
2220 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
2221 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
2222 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
2223 | } | |
2224 | ||
2225 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2226 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2227 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2228 | ||
2229 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2230 | { | |
2231 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2232 | ||
2233 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2234 | ||
2235 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2236 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2237 | ||
2238 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2239 | ||
2240 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2241 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2242 | ||
2243 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2244 | } | |
2245 | ||
2246 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2247 | { | |
2248 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2249 | ||
2250 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2251 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2252 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2253 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2254 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2255 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2256 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2257 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2258 | ||
2259 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2260 | ||
2261 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2262 | { | |
2263 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2264 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2265 | } | |
2266 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2267 | { | |
2268 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2269 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2270 | } | |
2271 | ||
2272 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2273 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2274 | ||
2275 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2276 | ||
2277 | return attr; | |
2278 | } | |
2279 | ||
2280 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2281 | { | |
2282 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2283 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2284 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2285 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2286 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2287 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2288 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
2289 | { | |
2290 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2291 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2292 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2293 | } | |
2294 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
2295 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2296 | ||
2297 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2298 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2299 | // | |
2300 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2301 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2302 | { | |
2303 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2304 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2305 | } | |
2306 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2307 | { | |
2308 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2309 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2312 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2313 | ||
2314 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2315 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2316 | ||
2317 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2318 | } | |
2319 | ||
2320 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2321 | { | |
2322 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2323 | ||
2324 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2325 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2326 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2327 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2328 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2329 | ||
2330 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2331 | ||
2332 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
2333 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
2334 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
2335 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
2336 | ||
2337 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
2338 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
2339 | } | |
2340 | ||
2341 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
2342 | { | |
2343 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
2344 | { | |
2345 | return m_colText; | |
2346 | } | |
2347 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2348 | { | |
2349 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
2350 | } | |
2351 | else | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2354 | return wxNullColour; | |
2355 | } | |
2356 | } | |
2357 | ||
2358 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
2359 | { | |
2360 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
2361 | { | |
2362 | return m_colBack; | |
2363 | } | |
2364 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2365 | { | |
2366 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2367 | } | |
2368 | else | |
2369 | { | |
2370 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2371 | return wxNullColour; | |
2372 | } | |
2373 | } | |
2374 | ||
2375 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
2376 | { | |
2377 | if (HasFont()) | |
2378 | { | |
2379 | return m_font; | |
2380 | } | |
2381 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2382 | { | |
2383 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
2384 | } | |
2385 | else | |
2386 | { | |
2387 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2388 | return wxNullFont; | |
2389 | } | |
2390 | } | |
2391 | ||
2392 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
2393 | { | |
2394 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
2395 | { | |
2396 | if ( hAlign ) | |
2397 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2398 | if ( vAlign ) | |
2399 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2400 | } | |
2401 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2402 | { | |
2403 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2404 | } | |
2405 | else | |
2406 | { | |
2407 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2408 | } | |
2409 | } | |
2410 | ||
2411 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | if ( num_rows ) | |
2414 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
2415 | if ( num_cols ) | |
2416 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
2417 | } | |
2418 | ||
2419 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2420 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2421 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2422 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2423 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2424 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2425 | ||
2426 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2427 | { | |
2428 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
2429 | ||
2430 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2431 | { | |
2432 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
2433 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2434 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2435 | } | |
2436 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
2437 | { | |
2438 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
2439 | if ( grid ) | |
2440 | { | |
2441 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2442 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2443 | } | |
2444 | ||
2445 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
2446 | { | |
2447 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2448 | { | |
2449 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2450 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2451 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2452 | } | |
2453 | else // default grid attr | |
2454 | { | |
2455 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2456 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2457 | if ( renderer ) | |
2458 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2459 | } | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | } | |
2462 | ||
2463 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2464 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2465 | ||
2466 | return renderer; | |
2467 | } | |
2468 | ||
2469 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2470 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2471 | { | |
2472 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
2473 | ||
2474 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2477 | editor = m_editor; | |
2478 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2479 | } | |
2480 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2481 | { | |
2482 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2483 | if ( grid ) | |
2484 | { | |
2485 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2486 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2487 | } | |
2488 | ||
2489 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
2490 | { | |
2491 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2492 | { | |
2493 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2494 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2495 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2496 | } | |
2497 | else // default grid attr | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2500 | editor = m_editor; | |
2501 | if ( editor ) | |
2502 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2503 | } | |
2504 | } | |
2505 | } | |
2506 | ||
2507 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2508 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2509 | ||
2510 | return editor; | |
2511 | } | |
2512 | ||
2513 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2514 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2515 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2516 | ||
2517 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2518 | { | |
2519 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2520 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2521 | { | |
2522 | // add the attribute | |
2523 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2524 | } | |
2525 | else | |
2526 | { | |
2527 | // free the old attribute | |
2528 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); | |
2529 | ||
2530 | if ( attr ) | |
2531 | { | |
2532 | // change the attribute | |
2533 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2534 | } | |
2535 | else | |
2536 | { | |
2537 | // remove this attribute | |
2538 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2539 | } | |
2540 | } | |
2541 | } | |
2542 | ||
2543 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2544 | { | |
2545 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2546 | ||
2547 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2548 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2549 | { | |
2550 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2551 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2552 | } | |
2553 | ||
2554 | return attr; | |
2555 | } | |
2556 | ||
2557 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2558 | { | |
2559 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2560 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2561 | { | |
2562 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2563 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2564 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2567 | { | |
2568 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2569 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2570 | } | |
2571 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2572 | { | |
2573 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2574 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2575 | { | |
2576 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2577 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2578 | } | |
2579 | else | |
2580 | { | |
2581 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2582 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2583 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2584 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2585 | n--; | |
2586 | count--; | |
2587 | } | |
2588 | } | |
2589 | } | |
2590 | } | |
2591 | } | |
2592 | ||
2593 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2596 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2597 | { | |
2598 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2599 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2600 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2601 | { | |
2602 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2603 | { | |
2604 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2605 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2606 | } | |
2607 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2608 | { | |
2609 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2610 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2611 | { | |
2612 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2613 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2614 | } | |
2615 | else | |
2616 | { | |
2617 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2618 | // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is | |
2619 | // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor! | |
2620 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2621 | n--; | |
2622 | count--; | |
2623 | } | |
2624 | } | |
2625 | } | |
2626 | } | |
2627 | } | |
2628 | ||
2629 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2630 | { | |
2631 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2632 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2633 | { | |
2634 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2635 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2636 | { | |
2637 | return n; | |
2638 | } | |
2639 | } | |
2640 | ||
2641 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2642 | } | |
2643 | ||
2644 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2645 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2646 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2647 | ||
2648 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2649 | { | |
2650 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2651 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2652 | { | |
2653 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2654 | } | |
2655 | } | |
2656 | ||
2657 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2658 | { | |
2659 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2660 | ||
2661 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2662 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2663 | { | |
2664 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2665 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2666 | } | |
2667 | ||
2668 | return attr; | |
2669 | } | |
2670 | ||
2671 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2672 | { | |
2673 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2674 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2675 | { | |
2676 | // add the attribute | |
2677 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2678 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2679 | } | |
2680 | else | |
2681 | { | |
2682 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2683 | if ( attr ) | |
2684 | { | |
2685 | // change the attribute | |
2686 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2687 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2688 | } | |
2689 | else | |
2690 | { | |
2691 | // remove this attribute | |
2692 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2693 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2694 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2695 | } | |
2696 | } | |
2697 | } | |
2698 | ||
2699 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2700 | { | |
2701 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2702 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2703 | { | |
2704 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2705 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2706 | { | |
2707 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2708 | { | |
2709 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2710 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2711 | } | |
2712 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2713 | { | |
2714 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2715 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2716 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2717 | else | |
2718 | { | |
2719 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2720 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2721 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2722 | n--; | |
2723 | count--; | |
2724 | } | |
2725 | } | |
2726 | } | |
2727 | } | |
2728 | } | |
2729 | ||
2730 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2731 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2732 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2733 | ||
2734 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2735 | { | |
2736 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2737 | } | |
2738 | ||
2739 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2740 | { | |
2741 | delete m_data; | |
2742 | } | |
2743 | ||
2744 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2745 | { | |
2746 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2747 | } | |
2748 | ||
2749 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2750 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2751 | { | |
2752 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2753 | if ( m_data ) | |
2754 | { | |
2755 | switch (kind) | |
2756 | { | |
2757 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2758 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
2759 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
2760 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2761 | if (!attr) | |
2762 | { | |
2763 | // Basically implement old version. | |
2764 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2765 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2766 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2767 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2768 | ||
2769 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
2770 | { | |
2771 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
2772 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2773 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2774 | ||
2775 | // Order is important.. | |
2776 | if (attrcell) | |
2777 | { | |
2778 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2779 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2780 | } | |
2781 | if (attrcol) | |
2782 | { | |
2783 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2784 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2785 | } | |
2786 | if (attrrow) | |
2787 | { | |
2788 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2789 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | ||
2792 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2793 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2794 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2795 | } | |
2796 | else | |
2797 | { | |
2798 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2799 | if (attrrow) | |
2800 | attr = attrrow; | |
2801 | if (attrcol) | |
2802 | { | |
2803 | if (attr) | |
2804 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2805 | attr = attrcol; | |
2806 | } | |
2807 | if (attrcell) | |
2808 | { | |
2809 | if (attr) | |
2810 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2811 | attr = attrcell; | |
2812 | } | |
2813 | } | |
2814 | } | |
2815 | break; | |
2816 | ||
2817 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2818 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2819 | break; | |
2820 | ||
2821 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2822 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2823 | break; | |
2824 | ||
2825 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2826 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2827 | break; | |
2828 | ||
2829 | default: | |
2830 | // unused as yet... | |
2831 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2832 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2833 | break; | |
2834 | } | |
2835 | } | |
2836 | ||
2837 | return attr; | |
2838 | } | |
2839 | ||
2840 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2841 | int row, int col) | |
2842 | { | |
2843 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2844 | InitData(); | |
2845 | ||
2846 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2847 | } | |
2848 | ||
2849 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2850 | { | |
2851 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2852 | InitData(); | |
2853 | ||
2854 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2855 | } | |
2856 | ||
2857 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2858 | { | |
2859 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2860 | InitData(); | |
2861 | ||
2862 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2863 | } | |
2864 | ||
2865 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2866 | { | |
2867 | if ( m_data ) | |
2868 | { | |
2869 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2870 | ||
2871 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2872 | } | |
2873 | } | |
2874 | ||
2875 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2876 | { | |
2877 | if ( m_data ) | |
2878 | { | |
2879 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2880 | ||
2881 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2882 | } | |
2883 | } | |
2884 | ||
2885 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2886 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2887 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2888 | ||
2889 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2890 | { | |
2891 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2892 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2893 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2894 | } | |
2895 | ||
2896 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2897 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2898 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2899 | { | |
2900 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2901 | ||
2902 | // is it already registered? | |
2903 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2904 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2905 | { | |
2906 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2907 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2908 | } | |
2909 | else | |
2910 | { | |
2911 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2912 | } | |
2913 | } | |
2914 | ||
2915 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2916 | { | |
2917 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2918 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2919 | { | |
2920 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2921 | { | |
2922 | return i; | |
2923 | } | |
2924 | } | |
2925 | ||
2926 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2927 | } | |
2928 | ||
2929 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2930 | { | |
2931 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2932 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2933 | { | |
2934 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2935 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2936 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2937 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2938 | { | |
2939 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2940 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2941 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2942 | } | |
2943 | else | |
2944 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2945 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2946 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2947 | { | |
2948 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2949 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2950 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2951 | } | |
2952 | else | |
2953 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2954 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2955 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2956 | { | |
2957 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2958 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2959 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2960 | } | |
2961 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2962 | { | |
2963 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2964 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2965 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2966 | } | |
2967 | else | |
2968 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2969 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2970 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2971 | { | |
2972 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2973 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2974 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2975 | } | |
2976 | else | |
2977 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2978 | { | |
2979 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2980 | } | |
2981 | ||
2982 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2983 | // the last index | |
2984 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2985 | } | |
2986 | ||
2987 | return index; | |
2988 | } | |
2989 | ||
2990 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2991 | { | |
2992 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
2993 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2994 | { | |
2995 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
2996 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
2997 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
2998 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2999 | { | |
3000 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3001 | } | |
3002 | ||
3003 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
3004 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
3005 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
3006 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
3007 | ||
3008 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
3009 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
3010 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
3011 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
3012 | ||
3013 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
3014 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
3015 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
3016 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
3017 | ||
3018 | // register the new typename | |
3019 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3020 | ||
3021 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
3022 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3023 | } | |
3024 | ||
3025 | return index; | |
3026 | } | |
3027 | ||
3028 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
3029 | { | |
3030 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
3031 | if (renderer) | |
3032 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3033 | ||
3034 | return renderer; | |
3035 | } | |
3036 | ||
3037 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
3038 | { | |
3039 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
3040 | if (editor) | |
3041 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3042 | ||
3043 | return editor; | |
3044 | } | |
3045 | ||
3046 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3047 | // wxGridTableBase | |
3048 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3049 | ||
3050 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
3051 | ||
3052 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
3053 | { | |
3054 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
3055 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
3056 | } | |
3057 | ||
3058 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
3059 | { | |
3060 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3061 | } | |
3062 | ||
3063 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
3064 | { | |
3065 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3066 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
3067 | } | |
3068 | ||
3069 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
3070 | { | |
3071 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
3072 | { | |
3073 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
3074 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
3075 | } | |
3076 | ||
3077 | return true; | |
3078 | } | |
3079 | ||
3080 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
3081 | { | |
3082 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3083 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
3084 | else | |
3085 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
3086 | } | |
3087 | ||
3088 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
3089 | { | |
3090 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3091 | { | |
3092 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
3093 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3094 | } | |
3095 | else | |
3096 | { | |
3097 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3098 | // free it now | |
3099 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3100 | } | |
3101 | } | |
3102 | ||
3103 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3104 | { | |
3105 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3106 | { | |
3107 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
3108 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
3109 | } | |
3110 | else | |
3111 | { | |
3112 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3113 | // free it now | |
3114 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3115 | } | |
3116 | } | |
3117 | ||
3118 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3119 | { | |
3120 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3121 | { | |
3122 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
3123 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
3124 | } | |
3125 | else | |
3126 | { | |
3127 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3128 | // free it now | |
3129 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3130 | } | |
3131 | } | |
3132 | ||
3133 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3134 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3135 | { | |
3136 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
3137 | ||
3138 | return false; | |
3139 | } | |
3140 | ||
3141 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3142 | { | |
3143 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3144 | ||
3145 | return false; | |
3146 | } | |
3147 | ||
3148 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3149 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3150 | { | |
3151 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3152 | ||
3153 | return false; | |
3154 | } | |
3155 | ||
3156 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3157 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3158 | { | |
3159 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3160 | ||
3161 | return false; | |
3162 | } | |
3163 | ||
3164 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3165 | { | |
3166 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3167 | ||
3168 | return false; | |
3169 | } | |
3170 | ||
3171 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3172 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3173 | { | |
3174 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3175 | ||
3176 | return false; | |
3177 | } | |
3178 | ||
3179 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3180 | { | |
3181 | wxString s; | |
3182 | ||
3183 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
3184 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
3185 | s << row + 1; | |
3186 | ||
3187 | return s; | |
3188 | } | |
3189 | ||
3190 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3191 | { | |
3192 | // default col labels are: | |
3193 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
3194 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
3195 | // etc. | |
3196 | ||
3197 | wxString s; | |
3198 | unsigned int i, n; | |
3199 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
3202 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
3203 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
3204 | break; | |
3205 | } | |
3206 | ||
3207 | // reverse the string... | |
3208 | wxString s2; | |
3209 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3210 | { | |
3211 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
3212 | } | |
3213 | ||
3214 | return s2; | |
3215 | } | |
3216 | ||
3217 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3220 | } | |
3221 | ||
3222 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3223 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3224 | { | |
3225 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3226 | } | |
3227 | ||
3228 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3229 | { | |
3230 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3231 | } | |
3232 | ||
3233 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3234 | { | |
3235 | return 0; | |
3236 | } | |
3237 | ||
3238 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3239 | { | |
3240 | return 0.0; | |
3241 | } | |
3242 | ||
3243 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3244 | { | |
3245 | return false; | |
3246 | } | |
3247 | ||
3248 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3249 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3250 | { | |
3251 | } | |
3252 | ||
3253 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3254 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3255 | { | |
3256 | } | |
3257 | ||
3258 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3259 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3260 | { | |
3261 | } | |
3262 | ||
3263 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3264 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3265 | { | |
3266 | return NULL; | |
3267 | } | |
3268 | ||
3269 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3270 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3271 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3272 | { | |
3273 | } | |
3274 | ||
3275 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3276 | // | |
3277 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3278 | // to the grid view | |
3279 | // | |
3280 | ||
3281 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3282 | { | |
3283 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3284 | m_id = -1; | |
3285 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3286 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3287 | } | |
3288 | ||
3289 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3290 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3291 | { | |
3292 | m_table = table; | |
3293 | m_id = id; | |
3294 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3295 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3296 | } | |
3297 | ||
3298 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3299 | // | |
3300 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3301 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3302 | // | |
3303 | ||
3304 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3305 | ||
3306 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3307 | ||
3308 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3309 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3310 | { | |
3311 | } | |
3312 | ||
3313 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3314 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3315 | { | |
3316 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3317 | ||
3318 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3319 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3320 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3321 | ||
3322 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3323 | } | |
3324 | ||
3325 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
3326 | { | |
3327 | } | |
3328 | ||
3329 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
3330 | { | |
3331 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
3332 | } | |
3333 | ||
3334 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
3335 | { | |
3336 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
3337 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3338 | else | |
3339 | return 0; | |
3340 | } | |
3341 | ||
3342 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
3343 | { | |
3344 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3345 | wxEmptyString, | |
3346 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3347 | ||
3348 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
3349 | } | |
3350 | ||
3351 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3352 | { | |
3353 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3354 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3355 | ||
3356 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
3357 | } | |
3358 | ||
3359 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
3360 | { | |
3361 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3362 | true, | |
3363 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3364 | ||
3365 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
3366 | } | |
3367 | ||
3368 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
3369 | { | |
3370 | int row, col; | |
3371 | int numRows, numCols; | |
3372 | ||
3373 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3374 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
3375 | { | |
3376 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3377 | ||
3378 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
3379 | { | |
3380 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
3381 | { | |
3382 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
3383 | } | |
3384 | } | |
3385 | } | |
3386 | } | |
3387 | ||
3388 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3391 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3392 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3393 | ||
3394 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3395 | { | |
3396 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | ||
3399 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3400 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3401 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3402 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
3403 | ||
3404 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3405 | { | |
3406 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3407 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
3408 | pos, | |
3409 | numRows ); | |
3410 | ||
3411 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | ||
3414 | return true; | |
3415 | } | |
3416 | ||
3417 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
3418 | { | |
3419 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3420 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3421 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3422 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3423 | ||
3424 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3425 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
3426 | { | |
3427 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3428 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3429 | } | |
3430 | ||
3431 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3432 | ||
3433 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3434 | { | |
3435 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3436 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
3437 | numRows ); | |
3438 | ||
3439 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3440 | } | |
3441 | ||
3442 | return true; | |
3443 | } | |
3444 | ||
3445 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3446 | { | |
3447 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3448 | ||
3449 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3450 | { | |
3451 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3452 | ( | |
3453 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
3454 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3455 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
3456 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
3457 | ) ); | |
3458 | ||
3459 | return false; | |
3460 | } | |
3461 | ||
3462 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3463 | { | |
3464 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3465 | } | |
3466 | ||
3467 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3468 | { | |
3469 | m_data.Clear(); | |
3470 | } | |
3471 | else | |
3472 | { | |
3473 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
3474 | } | |
3475 | ||
3476 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3477 | { | |
3478 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3479 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3480 | pos, | |
3481 | numRows ); | |
3482 | ||
3483 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3484 | } | |
3485 | ||
3486 | return true; | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | ||
3489 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3490 | { | |
3491 | size_t row, col; | |
3492 | ||
3493 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3494 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3495 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3496 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3497 | ||
3498 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3499 | { | |
3500 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3501 | } | |
3502 | ||
3503 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3504 | { | |
3505 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3506 | { | |
3507 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3508 | } | |
3509 | } | |
3510 | ||
3511 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3512 | { | |
3513 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3514 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3515 | pos, | |
3516 | numCols ); | |
3517 | ||
3518 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3519 | } | |
3520 | ||
3521 | return true; | |
3522 | } | |
3523 | ||
3524 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3525 | { | |
3526 | size_t row; | |
3527 | ||
3528 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3529 | ||
3530 | #if 0 | |
3531 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3534 | // | |
3535 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3536 | return false; | |
3537 | } | |
3538 | #endif | |
3539 | ||
3540 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3541 | { | |
3542 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3543 | } | |
3544 | ||
3545 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3546 | { | |
3547 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3548 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3549 | numCols ); | |
3550 | ||
3551 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3552 | } | |
3553 | ||
3554 | return true; | |
3555 | } | |
3556 | ||
3557 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3558 | { | |
3559 | size_t row; | |
3560 | ||
3561 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3562 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3563 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3564 | ||
3565 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3566 | { | |
3567 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3568 | ( | |
3569 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
3570 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3571 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
3572 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
3573 | ) ); | |
3574 | return false; | |
3575 | } | |
3576 | ||
3577 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) | |
3578 | { | |
3579 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; | |
3580 | } | |
3581 | ||
3582 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3583 | { | |
3584 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3585 | { | |
3586 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3587 | } | |
3588 | else | |
3589 | { | |
3590 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
3591 | } | |
3592 | } | |
3593 | ||
3594 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3595 | { | |
3596 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3597 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3598 | pos, | |
3599 | numCols ); | |
3600 | ||
3601 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3602 | } | |
3603 | ||
3604 | return true; | |
3605 | } | |
3606 | ||
3607 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3608 | { | |
3609 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3610 | { | |
3611 | // using default label | |
3612 | // | |
3613 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3614 | } | |
3615 | else | |
3616 | { | |
3617 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
3618 | } | |
3619 | } | |
3620 | ||
3621 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3622 | { | |
3623 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3624 | { | |
3625 | // using default label | |
3626 | // | |
3627 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3628 | } | |
3629 | else | |
3630 | { | |
3631 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
3632 | } | |
3633 | } | |
3634 | ||
3635 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3636 | { | |
3637 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3638 | { | |
3639 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3640 | int i; | |
3641 | ||
3642 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3643 | { | |
3644 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3645 | } | |
3646 | } | |
3647 | ||
3648 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3649 | } | |
3650 | ||
3651 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3652 | { | |
3653 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3654 | { | |
3655 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3656 | int i; | |
3657 | ||
3658 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3659 | { | |
3660 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3661 | } | |
3662 | } | |
3663 | ||
3664 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3665 | } | |
3666 | ||
3667 | ||
3668 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3669 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3670 | ||
3671 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3672 | ||
3673 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3674 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3675 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3676 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3677 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3678 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3679 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3680 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3681 | ||
3682 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3683 | wxWindowID id, | |
3684 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3685 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3686 | { | |
3687 | m_owner = parent; | |
3688 | } | |
3689 | ||
3690 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3691 | { | |
3692 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3693 | ||
3694 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3695 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3696 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3697 | // | |
3698 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3699 | ||
3700 | int x, y; | |
3701 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3702 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3703 | ||
3704 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3705 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
3706 | } | |
3707 | ||
3708 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3709 | { | |
3710 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3711 | } | |
3712 | ||
3713 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3714 | { | |
3715 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3716 | } | |
3717 | ||
3718 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3719 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3720 | // | |
3721 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3722 | { | |
3723 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3724 | event.Skip(); | |
3725 | } | |
3726 | ||
3727 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3728 | { | |
3729 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3730 | event.Skip(); | |
3731 | } | |
3732 | ||
3733 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3734 | { | |
3735 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3736 | event.Skip(); | |
3737 | } | |
3738 | ||
3739 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3740 | ||
3741 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3742 | ||
3743 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3744 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3745 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3746 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3747 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3748 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3749 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3750 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3751 | ||
3752 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3753 | wxWindowID id, | |
3754 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3755 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3756 | { | |
3757 | m_owner = parent; | |
3758 | } | |
3759 | ||
3760 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3761 | { | |
3762 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3763 | ||
3764 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3765 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3766 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3767 | // | |
3768 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3769 | ||
3770 | int x, y; | |
3771 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3772 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3773 | ||
3774 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3775 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
3776 | } | |
3777 | ||
3778 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3779 | { | |
3780 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3781 | } | |
3782 | ||
3783 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3784 | { | |
3785 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3786 | } | |
3787 | ||
3788 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3789 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3790 | // | |
3791 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3792 | { | |
3793 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3794 | event.Skip(); | |
3795 | } | |
3796 | ||
3797 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3798 | { | |
3799 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3800 | event.Skip(); | |
3801 | } | |
3802 | ||
3803 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3804 | { | |
3805 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3806 | event.Skip(); | |
3807 | } | |
3808 | ||
3809 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3810 | ||
3811 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3812 | ||
3813 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3814 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3815 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3816 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3817 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3818 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3819 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar ) | |
3820 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3821 | ||
3822 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3823 | wxWindowID id, | |
3824 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3825 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE ) | |
3826 | { | |
3827 | m_owner = parent; | |
3828 | } | |
3829 | ||
3830 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3831 | { | |
3832 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3833 | ||
3834 | int client_height = 0; | |
3835 | int client_width = 0; | |
3836 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3837 | ||
3838 | // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME) | |
3839 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
3840 | wxRect rect; | |
3841 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
3842 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
3843 | rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 ); | |
3844 | rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 ); | |
3845 | ||
3846 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
3847 | #else // !__WXGTK__ | |
3848 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
3849 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 ); | |
3850 | dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 ); | |
3851 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3852 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3853 | ||
3854 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3855 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 ); | |
3856 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 ); | |
3857 | #endif | |
3858 | } | |
3859 | ||
3860 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3861 | { | |
3862 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3863 | } | |
3864 | ||
3865 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3866 | { | |
3867 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3868 | } | |
3869 | ||
3870 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3871 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3872 | // | |
3873 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3874 | { | |
3875 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3876 | event.Skip(); | |
3877 | } | |
3878 | ||
3879 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3880 | { | |
3881 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3882 | event.Skip(); | |
3883 | } | |
3884 | ||
3885 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3886 | { | |
3887 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3888 | event.Skip(); | |
3889 | } | |
3890 | ||
3891 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3892 | ||
3893 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3894 | ||
3895 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3896 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3897 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
3898 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3899 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3900 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3901 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
3902 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3903 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
3904 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3905 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3906 | ||
3907 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3908 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3909 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3910 | wxWindowID id, | |
3911 | const wxPoint &pos, | |
3912 | const wxSize &size ) | |
3913 | : wxWindow( | |
3914 | parent, id, pos, size, | |
3915 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE, | |
3916 | wxT("grid window") ) | |
3917 | { | |
3918 | m_owner = parent; | |
3919 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3920 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3921 | } | |
3922 | ||
3923 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3924 | { | |
3925 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3926 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3927 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3928 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3929 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3930 | ||
3931 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3932 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3933 | #endif | |
3934 | ||
3935 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3936 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
3937 | } | |
3938 | ||
3939 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3940 | { | |
3941 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3942 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3943 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3944 | } | |
3945 | ||
3946 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3947 | { | |
3948 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
3949 | SetFocus(); | |
3950 | ||
3951 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3952 | } | |
3953 | ||
3954 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3955 | { | |
3956 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
3957 | } | |
3958 | ||
3959 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3960 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3961 | // | |
3962 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3963 | { | |
3964 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3965 | event.Skip(); | |
3966 | } | |
3967 | ||
3968 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3969 | { | |
3970 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3971 | event.Skip(); | |
3972 | } | |
3973 | ||
3974 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3975 | { | |
3976 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3977 | event.Skip(); | |
3978 | } | |
3979 | ||
3980 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3981 | { | |
3982 | } | |
3983 | ||
3984 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
3985 | { | |
3986 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
3987 | event.Skip(); | |
3988 | } | |
3989 | ||
3990 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3991 | ||
3992 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
3993 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
3994 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
3995 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
3996 | ||
3997 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function | |
3998 | ||
3999 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
4000 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
4001 | bool clipToMinMax); | |
4002 | ||
4003 | #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \ | |
4004 | m_minAcceptableColWidth, \ | |
4005 | m_colRights, m_numCols, true) | |
4006 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ | |
4007 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \ | |
4008 | m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true) | |
4009 | ||
4010 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4011 | ||
4012 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
4013 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4014 | ||
4015 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4016 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
4017 | // use them for streaming out | |
4018 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
4019 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
4020 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
4021 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
4022 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
4023 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
4024 | ||
4025 | // old style border flags | |
4026 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
4027 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
4028 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
4029 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
4030 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
4031 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
4032 | ||
4033 | // standard window styles | |
4034 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
4035 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
4036 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
4037 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
4038 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
4039 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
4040 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
4041 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
4042 | ||
4043 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4044 | ||
4045 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
4046 | ||
4047 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4048 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
4049 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
4050 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
4051 | ||
4052 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4053 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
4054 | ||
4055 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
4056 | ||
4057 | /* | |
4058 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
4059 | */ | |
4060 | #else | |
4061 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4062 | #endif | |
4063 | ||
4064 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4065 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
4066 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
4067 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
4068 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
4069 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
4070 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4071 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4072 | ||
4073 | wxGrid::wxGrid() | |
4074 | { | |
4075 | // in order to make sure that a size event is not | |
4076 | // trigerred in a unfinished state | |
4077 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
4078 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
4079 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
4080 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
4081 | } | |
4082 | ||
4083 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
4084 | wxWindowID id, | |
4085 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
4086 | const wxSize& size, | |
4087 | long style, | |
4088 | const wxString& name ) | |
4089 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
4090 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
4091 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
4092 | { | |
4093 | Create(); | |
4094 | SetBestFittingSize(size); | |
4095 | } | |
4096 | ||
4097 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
4098 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
4099 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
4100 | { | |
4101 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4102 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
4103 | return false; | |
4104 | ||
4105 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4106 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4107 | ||
4108 | Create(); | |
4109 | SetBestFittingSize(size); | |
4110 | ||
4111 | return true; | |
4112 | } | |
4113 | ||
4114 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
4115 | { | |
4116 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
4117 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
4118 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4119 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4120 | ||
4121 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
4122 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
4123 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
4124 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
4125 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
4126 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
4127 | #endif | |
4128 | ||
4129 | if (m_ownTable) | |
4130 | delete m_table; | |
4131 | ||
4132 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
4133 | delete m_selection; | |
4134 | } | |
4135 | ||
4136 | // | |
4137 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
4138 | // | |
4139 | ||
4140 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
4141 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
4142 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
4143 | ||
4144 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4145 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
4146 | #endif | |
4147 | ||
4148 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
4149 | { | |
4150 | // set to true by CreateGrid | |
4151 | m_created = false; | |
4152 | ||
4153 | // create the type registry | |
4154 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
4155 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4156 | ||
4157 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
4158 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4159 | ||
4160 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
4161 | ||
4162 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
4163 | ||
4164 | // Set default cell attributes | |
4165 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4166 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
4167 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
4168 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
4169 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
4170 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
4171 | ||
4172 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4173 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4174 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4175 | ||
4176 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
4177 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
4178 | ||
4179 | #else | |
4180 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
4181 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
4182 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
4183 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
4184 | #endif | |
4185 | ||
4186 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4187 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4188 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4189 | ||
4190 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4191 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4192 | ||
4193 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
4194 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
4195 | wxID_ANY, | |
4196 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4197 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4198 | ||
4199 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
4200 | wxID_ANY, | |
4201 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4202 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4203 | ||
4204 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
4205 | wxID_ANY, | |
4206 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4207 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4208 | ||
4209 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
4210 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
4211 | m_colLabelWin, | |
4212 | wxID_ANY, | |
4213 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4214 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4215 | ||
4216 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
4217 | ||
4218 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4219 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
4220 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
4221 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
4222 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
4223 | #else | |
4224 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4225 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
4226 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4227 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
4228 | #endif | |
4229 | ||
4230 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4231 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4232 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4233 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4234 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4235 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4236 | ||
4237 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
4238 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
4239 | ||
4240 | Init(); | |
4241 | } | |
4242 | ||
4243 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
4244 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4245 | { | |
4246 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
4247 | false, | |
4248 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
4249 | ||
4250 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
4251 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
4252 | ||
4253 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
4254 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4255 | m_ownTable = true; | |
4256 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4257 | ||
4258 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4259 | ||
4260 | m_created = true; | |
4261 | ||
4262 | return m_created; | |
4263 | } | |
4264 | ||
4265 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
4266 | { | |
4267 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
4268 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4269 | ||
4270 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
4271 | } | |
4272 | ||
4273 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
4274 | { | |
4275 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells, | |
4276 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4277 | ||
4278 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
4279 | } | |
4280 | ||
4281 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
4282 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4283 | { | |
4284 | if ( m_created ) | |
4285 | { | |
4286 | // stop all processing | |
4287 | m_created = false; | |
4288 | ||
4289 | if (m_ownTable) | |
4290 | { | |
4291 | wxGridTableBase *t = m_table; | |
4292 | m_table = NULL; | |
4293 | delete t; | |
4294 | } | |
4295 | ||
4296 | delete m_selection; | |
4297 | ||
4298 | m_table = NULL; | |
4299 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4300 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4301 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4302 | } | |
4303 | ||
4304 | if (table) | |
4305 | { | |
4306 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
4307 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
4308 | ||
4309 | m_table = table; | |
4310 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4311 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
4312 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4313 | ||
4314 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4315 | ||
4316 | m_created = true; | |
4317 | } | |
4318 | ||
4319 | return m_created; | |
4320 | } | |
4321 | ||
4322 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
4323 | { | |
4324 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4325 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4326 | ||
4327 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
4328 | { | |
4329 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
4330 | } | |
4331 | else | |
4332 | { | |
4333 | m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; | |
4334 | } | |
4335 | ||
4336 | m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4337 | ||
4338 | // init attr cache | |
4339 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
4340 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
4341 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
4342 | ||
4343 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
4344 | // | |
4345 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
4346 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
4347 | ||
4348 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4349 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4350 | ||
4351 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4352 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4353 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
4354 | ||
4355 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
4356 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
4357 | ||
4358 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
4359 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
4360 | ||
4361 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
4362 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
4363 | #else | |
4364 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
4365 | #endif | |
4366 | ||
4367 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
4368 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
4369 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4370 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
4371 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
4372 | ||
4373 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
4374 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4375 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
4376 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
4377 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
4378 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
4379 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4380 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4381 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4382 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4383 | ||
4384 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
4385 | ||
4386 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4387 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4388 | ||
4389 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4390 | ||
4391 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4392 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4393 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4394 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4395 | ||
4396 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
4397 | ||
4398 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4399 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4400 | ||
4401 | m_extraWidth = | |
4402 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4403 | ||
4404 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
4405 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
4406 | } | |
4407 | ||
4408 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4409 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4410 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4411 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4412 | // arrays at all | |
4413 | // | |
4414 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
4415 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
4416 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4417 | ||
4418 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4419 | { | |
4420 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4421 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4422 | ||
4423 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4424 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4425 | ||
4426 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
4427 | ||
4428 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
4429 | ||
4430 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4431 | { | |
4432 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
4433 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
4434 | } | |
4435 | } | |
4436 | ||
4437 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
4438 | { | |
4439 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4440 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4441 | ||
4442 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4443 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4444 | int colRight = 0; | |
4445 | ||
4446 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
4447 | ||
4448 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4449 | { | |
4450 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; | |
4451 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
4452 | } | |
4453 | } | |
4454 | ||
4455 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
4456 | { | |
4457 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
4458 | } | |
4459 | ||
4460 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
4461 | { | |
4462 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth | |
4463 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
4464 | } | |
4465 | ||
4466 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
4467 | { | |
4468 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4469 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
4470 | } | |
4471 | ||
4472 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
4473 | { | |
4474 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4475 | } | |
4476 | ||
4477 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
4478 | { | |
4479 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4480 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4481 | } | |
4482 | ||
4483 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
4484 | { | |
4485 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4486 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
4487 | } | |
4488 | ||
4489 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
4490 | { | |
4491 | int cw, ch; | |
4492 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4493 | ||
4494 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4495 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4496 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4497 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
4498 | ||
4499 | // grid total size | |
4500 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
4501 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
4502 | ||
4503 | // take into account editor if shown | |
4504 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4505 | { | |
4506 | int w2, h2; | |
4507 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4508 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4509 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
4510 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
4511 | ||
4512 | // how big is the editor | |
4513 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
4514 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
4515 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
4516 | w2 += x; | |
4517 | h2 += y; | |
4518 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
4519 | w = w2; | |
4520 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
4521 | h = h2; | |
4522 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4523 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4524 | } | |
4525 | ||
4526 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
4527 | int x, y; | |
4528 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
4529 | ||
4530 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
4531 | if ( x >= w ) | |
4532 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
4533 | if ( y >= h ) | |
4534 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
4535 | ||
4536 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
4537 | SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY, | |
4538 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y, | |
4539 | GetBatchCount() != 0); | |
4540 | ||
4541 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
4542 | // still must reposition the children | |
4543 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4544 | } | |
4545 | ||
4546 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
4547 | { | |
4548 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
4549 | ||
4550 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
4551 | return; | |
4552 | ||
4553 | int cw, ch; | |
4554 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4555 | ||
4556 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4557 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4558 | ||
4559 | if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4560 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4561 | ||
4562 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4563 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4564 | ||
4565 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
4566 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4567 | } | |
4568 | ||
4569 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
4570 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
4571 | // | |
4572 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4573 | { | |
4574 | int i; | |
4575 | bool result = false; | |
4576 | ||
4577 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
4578 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
4579 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4580 | ||
4581 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
4582 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
4583 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
4584 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
4585 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
4586 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4587 | ||
4588 | #if 0 | |
4589 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
4590 | // now | |
4591 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4592 | { | |
4593 | InitColWidths(); | |
4594 | } | |
4595 | ||
4596 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4597 | { | |
4598 | InitRowHeights(); | |
4599 | } | |
4600 | #endif | |
4601 | ||
4602 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4603 | { | |
4604 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4605 | { | |
4606 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4607 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4608 | ||
4609 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4610 | ||
4611 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4612 | { | |
4613 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
4614 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
4615 | ||
4616 | int bottom = 0; | |
4617 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4618 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
4619 | ||
4620 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4621 | { | |
4622 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4623 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4624 | } | |
4625 | } | |
4626 | ||
4627 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4628 | { | |
4629 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4630 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4631 | // | |
4632 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4633 | } | |
4634 | ||
4635 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4636 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4637 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4638 | if (attrProvider) | |
4639 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4640 | ||
4641 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4642 | { | |
4643 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4644 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4645 | } | |
4646 | } | |
4647 | result = true; | |
4648 | break; | |
4649 | ||
4650 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4651 | { | |
4652 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4653 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
4654 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4655 | ||
4656 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4657 | { | |
4658 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
4659 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
4660 | ||
4661 | int bottom = 0; | |
4662 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
4663 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
4664 | ||
4665 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4666 | { | |
4667 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4668 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4669 | } | |
4670 | } | |
4671 | ||
4672 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4673 | { | |
4674 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4675 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4676 | // | |
4677 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4678 | } | |
4679 | ||
4680 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4681 | { | |
4682 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4683 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4684 | } | |
4685 | } | |
4686 | result = true; | |
4687 | break; | |
4688 | ||
4689 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4690 | { | |
4691 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4692 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4693 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4694 | ||
4695 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4696 | { | |
4697 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4698 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4699 | ||
4700 | int h = 0; | |
4701 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4702 | { | |
4703 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4704 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4705 | } | |
4706 | } | |
4707 | ||
4708 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4709 | { | |
4710 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4711 | } | |
4712 | else | |
4713 | { | |
4714 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4715 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4716 | } | |
4717 | ||
4718 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4719 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4720 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4721 | if (attrProvider) | |
4722 | { | |
4723 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4724 | ||
4725 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4726 | #if 0 | |
4727 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4728 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4729 | // all column attributes. | |
4730 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4731 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4732 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4733 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4734 | #endif | |
4735 | } | |
4736 | ||
4737 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4740 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4741 | } | |
4742 | } | |
4743 | result = true; | |
4744 | break; | |
4745 | ||
4746 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4747 | { | |
4748 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4749 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4750 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4751 | ||
4752 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4753 | { | |
4754 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
4755 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
4756 | ||
4757 | int right = 0; | |
4758 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
4759 | right = m_colRights[pos - 1]; | |
4760 | ||
4761 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4762 | { | |
4763 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4764 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | } | |
4767 | ||
4768 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4769 | { | |
4770 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4771 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4772 | // | |
4773 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4774 | } | |
4775 | ||
4776 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4777 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4778 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4779 | if (attrProvider) | |
4780 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4781 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4782 | { | |
4783 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4784 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4785 | } | |
4786 | } | |
4787 | result = true; | |
4788 | break; | |
4789 | ||
4790 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4791 | { | |
4792 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4793 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4794 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4795 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4796 | { | |
4797 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
4798 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4799 | ||
4800 | int right = 0; | |
4801 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
4802 | right = m_colRights[oldNumCols - 1]; | |
4803 | ||
4804 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4805 | { | |
4806 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4807 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4808 | } | |
4809 | } | |
4810 | ||
4811 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4812 | { | |
4813 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4814 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4815 | // | |
4816 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4817 | } | |
4818 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4819 | { | |
4820 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4821 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4822 | } | |
4823 | } | |
4824 | result = true; | |
4825 | break; | |
4826 | ||
4827 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4828 | { | |
4829 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4830 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4831 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4832 | ||
4833 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4834 | { | |
4835 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4836 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4837 | ||
4838 | int w = 0; | |
4839 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4840 | { | |
4841 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4842 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4843 | } | |
4844 | } | |
4845 | ||
4846 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4847 | { | |
4848 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4849 | } | |
4850 | else | |
4851 | { | |
4852 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4853 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4854 | } | |
4855 | ||
4856 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4857 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4858 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4859 | if (attrProvider) | |
4860 | { | |
4861 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4862 | ||
4863 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4864 | #if 0 | |
4865 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4866 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4867 | // all row attributes. | |
4868 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4869 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4870 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4871 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4872 | #endif | |
4873 | } | |
4874 | ||
4875 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4876 | { | |
4877 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4878 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4879 | } | |
4880 | } | |
4881 | result = true; | |
4882 | break; | |
4883 | } | |
4884 | ||
4885 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4886 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4887 | ||
4888 | return result; | |
4889 | } | |
4890 | ||
4891 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4892 | { | |
4893 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4894 | wxRect r; | |
4895 | ||
4896 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4897 | ||
4898 | int top, bottom; | |
4899 | while ( iter ) | |
4900 | { | |
4901 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4902 | ||
4903 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4904 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4905 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4906 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4907 | // | |
4908 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4909 | int cw, ch; | |
4910 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4911 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
4912 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4913 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4914 | #endif | |
4915 | ||
4916 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4917 | // | |
4918 | int dummy; | |
4919 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
4920 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
4921 | ||
4922 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
4923 | // | |
4924 | int row; | |
4925 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4926 | { | |
4927 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
4928 | continue; | |
4929 | ||
4930 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4931 | break; | |
4932 | ||
4933 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
4934 | } | |
4935 | ||
4936 | ++iter; | |
4937 | } | |
4938 | ||
4939 | return rowlabels; | |
4940 | } | |
4941 | ||
4942 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4943 | { | |
4944 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4945 | wxRect r; | |
4946 | ||
4947 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
4948 | ||
4949 | int left, right; | |
4950 | while ( iter ) | |
4951 | { | |
4952 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4953 | ||
4954 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4955 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4956 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4957 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4958 | // | |
4959 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4960 | int cw, ch; | |
4961 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4962 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
4963 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4964 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4965 | #endif | |
4966 | ||
4967 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4968 | // | |
4969 | int dummy; | |
4970 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4971 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
4972 | ||
4973 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4974 | // | |
4975 | int col; | |
4976 | for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4977 | { | |
4978 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
4979 | continue; | |
4980 | ||
4981 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4982 | break; | |
4983 | ||
4984 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
4985 | } | |
4986 | ||
4987 | ++iter; | |
4988 | } | |
4989 | ||
4990 | return colLabels; | |
4991 | } | |
4992 | ||
4993 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4994 | { | |
4995 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4996 | wxRect r; | |
4997 | ||
4998 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
4999 | ||
5000 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
5001 | while ( iter ) | |
5002 | { | |
5003 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5004 | ||
5005 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5006 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5007 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5008 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5009 | // | |
5010 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5011 | int cw, ch; | |
5012 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5013 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5014 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5015 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5016 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5017 | #endif | |
5018 | ||
5019 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5020 | // | |
5021 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
5022 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
5023 | ||
5024 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5025 | // | |
5026 | int row, col; | |
5027 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5028 | { | |
5029 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
5030 | continue; | |
5031 | ||
5032 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5033 | break; | |
5034 | ||
5035 | for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
5036 | { | |
5037 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
5038 | continue; | |
5039 | ||
5040 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5041 | break; | |
5042 | ||
5043 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
5044 | } | |
5045 | } | |
5046 | ||
5047 | ++iter; | |
5048 | } | |
5049 | ||
5050 | return cellsExposed; | |
5051 | } | |
5052 | ||
5053 | ||
5054 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5055 | { | |
5056 | int x, y, row; | |
5057 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5058 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5059 | ||
5060 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5061 | { | |
5062 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5063 | { | |
5064 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5065 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5066 | } | |
5067 | ||
5068 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5069 | { | |
5070 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5071 | { | |
5072 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5073 | { | |
5074 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5075 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5076 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5077 | ||
5078 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5079 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5080 | y = wxMax( y, | |
5081 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5082 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5083 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5084 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5085 | { | |
5086 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5087 | } | |
5088 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5089 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5090 | } | |
5091 | break; | |
5092 | ||
5093 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5094 | { | |
5095 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
5096 | { | |
5097 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5098 | { | |
5099 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5100 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5101 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5102 | event.AltDown(), | |
5103 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5104 | } | |
5105 | } | |
5106 | } | |
5107 | break; | |
5108 | ||
5109 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5110 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5111 | default: | |
5112 | break; | |
5113 | } | |
5114 | } | |
5115 | return; | |
5116 | } | |
5117 | ||
5118 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5119 | return; | |
5120 | ||
5121 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5122 | { | |
5123 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5124 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5125 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5126 | } | |
5127 | ||
5128 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5129 | // | |
5130 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5131 | { | |
5132 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5133 | } | |
5134 | ||
5135 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5136 | // | |
5137 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5138 | { | |
5139 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5140 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
5141 | // wanting to resize the row | |
5142 | // | |
5143 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5144 | { | |
5145 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5146 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5147 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5148 | { | |
5149 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5150 | ClearSelection(); | |
5151 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5152 | { | |
5153 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5154 | { | |
5155 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5156 | 0, | |
5157 | row, | |
5158 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
5159 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5160 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5161 | event.AltDown(), | |
5162 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5163 | } | |
5164 | else | |
5165 | { | |
5166 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
5167 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5168 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5169 | event.AltDown(), | |
5170 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5171 | } | |
5172 | } | |
5173 | ||
5174 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5175 | } | |
5176 | } | |
5177 | else | |
5178 | { | |
5179 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
5180 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5181 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5182 | } | |
5183 | } | |
5184 | ||
5185 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5186 | // | |
5187 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5188 | { | |
5189 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
5190 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
5191 | { | |
5192 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5193 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5194 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5195 | { | |
5196 | // no default action at the moment | |
5197 | } | |
5198 | } | |
5199 | else | |
5200 | { | |
5201 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
5202 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
5203 | ||
5204 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5205 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5206 | } | |
5207 | } | |
5208 | ||
5209 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5210 | // | |
5211 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5212 | { | |
5213 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5214 | { | |
5215 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5216 | ||
5217 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5218 | // default processing in this case | |
5219 | // | |
5220 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5221 | } | |
5222 | ||
5223 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5224 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5225 | } | |
5226 | ||
5227 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5228 | // | |
5229 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5230 | { | |
5231 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5232 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5233 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5234 | { | |
5235 | // no default action at the moment | |
5236 | } | |
5237 | } | |
5238 | ||
5239 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5240 | // | |
5241 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5242 | { | |
5243 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5244 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5245 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5246 | { | |
5247 | // no default action at the moment | |
5248 | } | |
5249 | } | |
5250 | ||
5251 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5252 | // | |
5253 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5254 | { | |
5255 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5256 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5257 | { | |
5258 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5259 | { | |
5260 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
5261 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5262 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5263 | } | |
5264 | } | |
5265 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5266 | { | |
5267 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5268 | } | |
5269 | } | |
5270 | } | |
5271 | ||
5272 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5273 | { | |
5274 | int x, y, col; | |
5275 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5276 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5277 | ||
5278 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5279 | { | |
5280 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5281 | { | |
5282 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5283 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5284 | } | |
5285 | ||
5286 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5287 | { | |
5288 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5289 | { | |
5290 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5291 | { | |
5292 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5293 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5294 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5295 | ||
5296 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5297 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5298 | ||
5299 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5300 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5301 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5302 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5303 | { | |
5304 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5305 | } | |
5306 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5307 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5308 | } | |
5309 | break; | |
5310 | ||
5311 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5312 | { | |
5313 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
5314 | { | |
5315 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5316 | { | |
5317 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5318 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5319 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5320 | event.AltDown(), | |
5321 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5322 | } | |
5323 | } | |
5324 | } | |
5325 | break; | |
5326 | ||
5327 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5328 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5329 | default: | |
5330 | break; | |
5331 | } | |
5332 | } | |
5333 | return; | |
5334 | } | |
5335 | ||
5336 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5337 | return; | |
5338 | ||
5339 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5340 | { | |
5341 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5342 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5343 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5344 | } | |
5345 | ||
5346 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5347 | // | |
5348 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5349 | { | |
5350 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5351 | } | |
5352 | ||
5353 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5354 | // | |
5355 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5356 | { | |
5357 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5358 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
5359 | // wanting to resize the col | |
5360 | // | |
5361 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
5362 | { | |
5363 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5364 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5365 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5366 | { | |
5367 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5368 | ClearSelection(); | |
5369 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5370 | { | |
5371 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5372 | { | |
5373 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
5374 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5375 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
5376 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5377 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5378 | event.AltDown(), | |
5379 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5380 | } | |
5381 | else | |
5382 | { | |
5383 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
5384 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5385 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5386 | event.AltDown(), | |
5387 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5388 | } | |
5389 | } | |
5390 | ||
5391 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5392 | } | |
5393 | } | |
5394 | else | |
5395 | { | |
5396 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
5397 | // | |
5398 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5399 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5400 | } | |
5401 | } | |
5402 | ||
5403 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5404 | // | |
5405 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5406 | { | |
5407 | col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
5408 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
5409 | { | |
5410 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5411 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5412 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5413 | { | |
5414 | // no default action at the moment | |
5415 | } | |
5416 | } | |
5417 | else | |
5418 | { | |
5419 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
5420 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); | |
5421 | ||
5422 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5423 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5424 | } | |
5425 | } | |
5426 | ||
5427 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5428 | // | |
5429 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5430 | { | |
5431 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5432 | { | |
5433 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5434 | ||
5435 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5436 | // default processing in this case | |
5437 | // | |
5438 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5439 | } | |
5440 | ||
5441 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5442 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5443 | } | |
5444 | ||
5445 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5446 | // | |
5447 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5448 | { | |
5449 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5450 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5451 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5452 | { | |
5453 | // no default action at the moment | |
5454 | } | |
5455 | } | |
5456 | ||
5457 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5458 | // | |
5459 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5460 | { | |
5461 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5462 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5463 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5464 | { | |
5465 | // no default action at the moment | |
5466 | } | |
5467 | } | |
5468 | ||
5469 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5470 | // | |
5471 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5472 | { | |
5473 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5474 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5475 | { | |
5476 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5477 | { | |
5478 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
5479 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5480 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5481 | } | |
5482 | } | |
5483 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5484 | { | |
5485 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
5486 | } | |
5487 | } | |
5488 | } | |
5489 | ||
5490 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5491 | { | |
5492 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5493 | { | |
5494 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
5495 | // col args == -1 | |
5496 | // | |
5497 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5498 | { | |
5499 | SelectAll(); | |
5500 | } | |
5501 | } | |
5502 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5503 | { | |
5504 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
5505 | } | |
5506 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5507 | { | |
5508 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5509 | { | |
5510 | // no default action at the moment | |
5511 | } | |
5512 | } | |
5513 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5514 | { | |
5515 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5516 | { | |
5517 | // no default action at the moment | |
5518 | } | |
5519 | } | |
5520 | } | |
5521 | ||
5522 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
5523 | wxWindow *win, | |
5524 | bool captureMouse) | |
5525 | { | |
5526 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
5527 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
5528 | { | |
5529 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
5530 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
5531 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
5532 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
5533 | _T("SELECT_COL") | |
5534 | }; | |
5535 | ||
5536 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
5537 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
5538 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
5539 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
5540 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
5541 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
5542 | #endif | |
5543 | ||
5544 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
5545 | win == m_winCapture && | |
5546 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
5547 | return; | |
5548 | ||
5549 | if ( !win ) | |
5550 | { | |
5551 | // by default use the grid itself | |
5552 | win = m_gridWin; | |
5553 | } | |
5554 | ||
5555 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
5556 | { | |
5557 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
5558 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5559 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
5560 | } | |
5561 | ||
5562 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
5563 | ||
5564 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5565 | { | |
5566 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5567 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
5568 | break; | |
5569 | ||
5570 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5571 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
5572 | break; | |
5573 | ||
5574 | default: | |
5575 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5576 | break; | |
5577 | } | |
5578 | ||
5579 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
5580 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
5581 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
5582 | ||
5583 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
5586 | m_winCapture = win; | |
5587 | } | |
5588 | } | |
5589 | ||
5590 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5591 | { | |
5592 | int x, y; | |
5593 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5594 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5595 | ||
5596 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
5597 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
5598 | ||
5599 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5600 | bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
5601 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5602 | if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5603 | { | |
5604 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
5605 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
5606 | } | |
5607 | ||
5608 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5609 | { | |
5610 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5611 | ||
5612 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at | |
5613 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
5614 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
5615 | { | |
5616 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
5617 | { | |
5618 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
5619 | return; | |
5620 | } | |
5621 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
5622 | return; | |
5623 | } | |
5624 | ||
5625 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5626 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5627 | { | |
5628 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
5629 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
5630 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5631 | { | |
5632 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5633 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5634 | } | |
5635 | ||
5636 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
5637 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
5638 | { | |
5639 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
5640 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
5641 | } | |
5642 | ||
5643 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5644 | { | |
5645 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5646 | { | |
5647 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5648 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5649 | HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
5650 | } | |
5651 | else if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
5652 | { | |
5653 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
5654 | { | |
5655 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5656 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5657 | ||
5658 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, | |
5659 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5660 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5661 | event ); | |
5662 | } | |
5663 | } | |
5664 | else | |
5665 | { | |
5666 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
5667 | { | |
5668 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5669 | } | |
5670 | else | |
5671 | { | |
5672 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
5673 | } | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | ||
5676 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
5677 | { | |
5678 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
5679 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
5680 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
5681 | } | |
5682 | } | |
5683 | } | |
5684 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5685 | { | |
5686 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5687 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5688 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5689 | ||
5690 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5691 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5692 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5693 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5694 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5695 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5696 | { | |
5697 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5700 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5701 | } | |
5702 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5703 | { | |
5704 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5705 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5706 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5707 | ||
5708 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5709 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5710 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5711 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5712 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5713 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5714 | { | |
5715 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5716 | } | |
5717 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5718 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5719 | } | |
5720 | ||
5721 | return; | |
5722 | } | |
5723 | ||
5724 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5725 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
5726 | ||
5727 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
5728 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
5729 | // wxGTK | |
5730 | #if 0 | |
5731 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5732 | { | |
5733 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5734 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5735 | } | |
5736 | else | |
5737 | #endif // 0 | |
5738 | ||
5739 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5740 | // | |
5741 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5742 | { | |
5743 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
5744 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5745 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5746 | event ) ) | |
5747 | { | |
5748 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5749 | ClearSelection(); | |
5750 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5751 | { | |
5752 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5753 | { | |
5754 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5755 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5756 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5757 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5758 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5759 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5760 | event.AltDown(), | |
5761 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5762 | } | |
5763 | } | |
5764 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
5765 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5766 | { | |
5767 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5768 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
5769 | ||
5770 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
5771 | { | |
5772 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5773 | { | |
5774 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5775 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5776 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5777 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5778 | event.AltDown(), | |
5779 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5780 | } | |
5781 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5782 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5783 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5784 | } | |
5785 | else | |
5786 | { | |
5787 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5788 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5789 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() != | |
5792 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) | |
5793 | { | |
5794 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5795 | } | |
5796 | } | |
5797 | } | |
5798 | } | |
5799 | } | |
5800 | } | |
5801 | ||
5802 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5803 | // | |
5804 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5805 | { | |
5806 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5807 | ||
5808 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5809 | { | |
5810 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5811 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5812 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5813 | event ) ) | |
5814 | { | |
5815 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
5816 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
5817 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
5818 | } | |
5819 | } | |
5820 | } | |
5821 | ||
5822 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5823 | // | |
5824 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5825 | { | |
5826 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5827 | { | |
5828 | if (m_winCapture) | |
5829 | { | |
5830 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) | |
5831 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5832 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
5833 | } | |
5834 | ||
5835 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
5836 | { | |
5837 | ClearSelection(); | |
5838 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5839 | ||
5840 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
5841 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5842 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
5843 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5844 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5845 | ||
5846 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
5847 | } | |
5848 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5849 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5850 | { | |
5851 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5852 | { | |
5853 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5854 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5855 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5856 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5857 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5858 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5859 | event.AltDown(), | |
5860 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5861 | } | |
5862 | ||
5863 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5864 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5865 | ||
5866 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
5867 | // drag-shrinking. | |
5868 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5869 | } | |
5870 | } | |
5871 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5872 | { | |
5873 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5874 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5875 | ||
5876 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5877 | // default processing in this case | |
5878 | // | |
5879 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5880 | } | |
5881 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5882 | { | |
5883 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5884 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5885 | ||
5886 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5887 | // default processing in this case | |
5888 | // | |
5889 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5890 | } | |
5891 | ||
5892 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5893 | } | |
5894 | ||
5895 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5896 | // | |
5897 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5898 | { | |
5899 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5900 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
5901 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5902 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5903 | event ) ) | |
5904 | { | |
5905 | // no default action at the moment | |
5906 | } | |
5907 | } | |
5908 | ||
5909 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5910 | // | |
5911 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5912 | { | |
5913 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5914 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5915 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5916 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5917 | event ) ) | |
5918 | { | |
5919 | // no default action at the moment | |
5920 | } | |
5921 | } | |
5922 | ||
5923 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
5924 | // | |
5925 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
5926 | { | |
5927 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
5928 | { | |
5929 | // out of grid cell area | |
5930 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5931 | return; | |
5932 | } | |
5933 | ||
5934 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5935 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5936 | ||
5937 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
5938 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
5939 | // | |
5940 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5941 | { | |
5942 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5943 | return; | |
5944 | } | |
5945 | ||
5946 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
5947 | { | |
5948 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
5949 | ||
5950 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5951 | { | |
5952 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5953 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
5954 | } | |
5955 | } | |
5956 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5957 | { | |
5958 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5959 | ||
5960 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5961 | { | |
5962 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5963 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
5964 | } | |
5965 | } | |
5966 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
5967 | { | |
5968 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5969 | { | |
5970 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5971 | } | |
5972 | } | |
5973 | } | |
5974 | } | |
5975 | ||
5976 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
5977 | { | |
5978 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5979 | { | |
5980 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
5981 | // | |
5982 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5983 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5984 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5985 | ||
5986 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5987 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5988 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5989 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5990 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5991 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5992 | ||
5993 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5994 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5995 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) ); | |
5996 | ||
5997 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5998 | { | |
5999 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
6000 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
6001 | rect.x = 0; | |
6002 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6003 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6004 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6005 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6006 | rect.width = cw; | |
6007 | ||
6008 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6009 | if (m_table) | |
6010 | { | |
6011 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0; | |
6012 | int leftCol = XToCol(left); | |
6013 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw); | |
6014 | if (leftCol >= 0) | |
6015 | { | |
6016 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
6017 | { | |
6018 | GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6019 | if (cell_rows < subtract_rows) | |
6020 | subtract_rows = cell_rows; | |
6021 | } | |
6022 | rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows); | |
6023 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
6024 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
6025 | } | |
6026 | } | |
6027 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6028 | } | |
6029 | ||
6030 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6031 | } | |
6032 | } | |
6033 | ||
6034 | ||
6035 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
6036 | { | |
6037 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6038 | { | |
6039 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
6040 | // | |
6041 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
6042 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6043 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
6044 | ||
6045 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6046 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6047 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
6048 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
6049 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6050 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6051 | ||
6052 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6053 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6054 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
6055 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
6056 | ||
6057 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6058 | { | |
6059 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
6060 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
6061 | rect.y = 0; | |
6062 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6063 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6064 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6065 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6066 | rect.height = ch; | |
6067 | ||
6068 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
6069 | if (m_table) | |
6070 | { | |
6071 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0; | |
6072 | int topRow = YToRow(top); | |
6073 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw); | |
6074 | if (topRow >= 0) | |
6075 | { | |
6076 | for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++) | |
6077 | { | |
6078 | GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
6079 | if (cell_cols < subtract_cols) | |
6080 | subtract_cols = cell_cols; | |
6081 | } | |
6082 | ||
6083 | rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols); | |
6084 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
6085 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
6086 | } | |
6087 | } | |
6088 | ||
6089 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6090 | } | |
6091 | ||
6092 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6093 | } | |
6094 | } | |
6095 | ||
6096 | // | |
6097 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
6098 | // | |
6099 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
6100 | { | |
6101 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
6102 | { | |
6103 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
6104 | return GetModelValues(); | |
6105 | ||
6106 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
6107 | return SetModelValues(); | |
6108 | ||
6109 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
6110 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
6111 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
6112 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
6113 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
6114 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
6115 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
6116 | ||
6117 | default: | |
6118 | return false; | |
6119 | } | |
6120 | } | |
6121 | ||
6122 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
6123 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
6124 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
6125 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
6126 | // | |
6127 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
6128 | { | |
6129 | if ( m_table ) | |
6130 | { | |
6131 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6132 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6133 | ||
6134 | m_table->Clear(); | |
6135 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
6136 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6137 | } | |
6138 | } | |
6139 | ||
6140 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6141 | { | |
6142 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6143 | ||
6144 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6145 | { | |
6146 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6147 | return false; | |
6148 | } | |
6149 | ||
6150 | if ( m_table ) | |
6151 | { | |
6152 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6153 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6154 | ||
6155 | bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6156 | return done; | |
6157 | ||
6158 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
6159 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6160 | } | |
6161 | ||
6162 | return false; | |
6163 | } | |
6164 | ||
6165 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6166 | { | |
6167 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6168 | ||
6169 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6170 | { | |
6171 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6172 | return false; | |
6173 | } | |
6174 | ||
6175 | if ( m_table ) | |
6176 | { | |
6177 | bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ); | |
6178 | return done; | |
6179 | ||
6180 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
6181 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6182 | } | |
6183 | ||
6184 | return false; | |
6185 | } | |
6186 | ||
6187 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6188 | { | |
6189 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6190 | ||
6191 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6192 | { | |
6193 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6194 | return false; | |
6195 | } | |
6196 | ||
6197 | if ( m_table ) | |
6198 | { | |
6199 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6200 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6201 | ||
6202 | bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows ); | |
6203 | return done; | |
6204 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
6205 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6206 | } | |
6207 | ||
6208 | return false; | |
6209 | } | |
6210 | ||
6211 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6212 | { | |
6213 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6214 | ||
6215 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6216 | { | |
6217 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6218 | return false; | |
6219 | } | |
6220 | ||
6221 | if ( m_table ) | |
6222 | { | |
6223 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6224 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6225 | ||
6226 | bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6227 | return done; | |
6228 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
6229 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6230 | } | |
6231 | ||
6232 | return false; | |
6233 | } | |
6234 | ||
6235 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6236 | { | |
6237 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6238 | ||
6239 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6240 | { | |
6241 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6242 | return false; | |
6243 | } | |
6244 | ||
6245 | if ( m_table ) | |
6246 | { | |
6247 | bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols ); | |
6248 | return done; | |
6249 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
6250 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6251 | } | |
6252 | ||
6253 | return false; | |
6254 | } | |
6255 | ||
6256 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6257 | { | |
6258 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
6259 | ||
6260 | if ( !m_created ) | |
6261 | { | |
6262 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
6263 | return false; | |
6264 | } | |
6265 | ||
6266 | if ( m_table ) | |
6267 | { | |
6268 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6269 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6270 | ||
6271 | bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ); | |
6272 | return done; | |
6273 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
6274 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6275 | } | |
6276 | ||
6277 | return false; | |
6278 | } | |
6279 | ||
6280 | // | |
6281 | // ----- event handlers | |
6282 | // | |
6283 | ||
6284 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
6285 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
6286 | // | |
6287 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6288 | int row, int col, | |
6289 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
6290 | { | |
6291 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6292 | ||
6293 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6294 | { | |
6295 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6296 | ||
6297 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6298 | type, | |
6299 | this, | |
6300 | rowOrCol, | |
6301 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6302 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6303 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6304 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6305 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6306 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6307 | ||
6308 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6309 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6310 | } | |
6311 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
6312 | { | |
6313 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
6314 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6315 | type, | |
6316 | this, | |
6317 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
6318 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
6319 | true, | |
6320 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6321 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6322 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6323 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6324 | ||
6325 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6326 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6327 | } | |
6328 | else | |
6329 | { | |
6330 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6331 | type, | |
6332 | this, | |
6333 | row, col, | |
6334 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6335 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6336 | false, | |
6337 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
6338 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
6339 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
6340 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
6341 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6342 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6343 | } | |
6344 | ||
6345 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6346 | if (vetoed) | |
6347 | return -1; | |
6348 | ||
6349 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6350 | } | |
6351 | ||
6352 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
6353 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
6354 | // | |
6355 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
6356 | int row, int col ) | |
6357 | { | |
6358 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6359 | ||
6360 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6361 | { | |
6362 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6363 | ||
6364 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); | |
6365 | ||
6366 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6367 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6368 | } | |
6369 | else | |
6370 | { | |
6371 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
6372 | ||
6373 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6374 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6375 | } | |
6376 | ||
6377 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6378 | if (vetoed) | |
6379 | return -1; | |
6380 | ||
6381 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6382 | } | |
6383 | ||
6384 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
6385 | { | |
6386 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
6387 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
6388 | } | |
6389 | ||
6390 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
6391 | { | |
6392 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
6393 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
6394 | if (! GetBatchCount()) | |
6395 | { | |
6396 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
6397 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
6398 | ||
6399 | if (rect) | |
6400 | { | |
6401 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
6402 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
6403 | int x, y; | |
6404 | ||
6405 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
6406 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
6407 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
6408 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
6409 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
6410 | ||
6411 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
6412 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
6413 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
6414 | ||
6415 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
6416 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
6417 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
6418 | ||
6419 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
6420 | { | |
6421 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6422 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
6423 | } | |
6424 | else | |
6425 | { | |
6426 | x = 0; | |
6427 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
6428 | } | |
6429 | ||
6430 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
6431 | { | |
6432 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
6433 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
6434 | } | |
6435 | else | |
6436 | { | |
6437 | y = 0; | |
6438 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
6439 | } | |
6440 | ||
6441 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
6442 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6443 | { | |
6444 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
6445 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6446 | } | |
6447 | ||
6448 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
6449 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6450 | { | |
6451 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
6452 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6453 | } | |
6454 | ||
6455 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
6456 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6457 | { | |
6458 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
6459 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6460 | } | |
6461 | ||
6462 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
6463 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6464 | { | |
6465 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
6466 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6467 | } | |
6468 | } | |
6469 | else | |
6470 | { | |
6471 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6472 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6473 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6474 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6475 | } | |
6476 | } | |
6477 | } | |
6478 | ||
6479 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ) | |
6480 | { | |
6481 | // position the child windows | |
6482 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6483 | ||
6484 | // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size | |
6485 | // changes itself | |
6486 | event.Skip(); | |
6487 | } | |
6488 | ||
6489 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6490 | { | |
6491 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
6492 | { | |
6493 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
6494 | // | |
6495 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
6496 | } | |
6497 | ||
6498 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
6499 | ||
6500 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
6501 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
6502 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
6503 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
6504 | ||
6505 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
6506 | { | |
6507 | // try local handlers | |
6508 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
6509 | { | |
6510 | case WXK_UP: | |
6511 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6512 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6513 | else | |
6514 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6515 | break; | |
6516 | ||
6517 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6518 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6519 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6520 | else | |
6521 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6522 | break; | |
6523 | ||
6524 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6525 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6526 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6527 | else | |
6528 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6529 | break; | |
6530 | ||
6531 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6532 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6533 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6534 | else | |
6535 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6536 | break; | |
6537 | ||
6538 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
6539 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
6540 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6541 | { | |
6542 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
6543 | } | |
6544 | else | |
6545 | { | |
6546 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
6547 | { | |
6548 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6549 | } | |
6550 | else | |
6551 | { | |
6552 | // at the bottom of a column | |
6553 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6554 | } | |
6555 | } | |
6556 | break; | |
6557 | ||
6558 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
6559 | ClearSelection(); | |
6560 | break; | |
6561 | ||
6562 | case WXK_TAB: | |
6563 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
6564 | { | |
6565 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
6566 | { | |
6567 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
6568 | } | |
6569 | else | |
6570 | { | |
6571 | // at left of grid | |
6572 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6573 | } | |
6574 | } | |
6575 | else | |
6576 | { | |
6577 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
6578 | { | |
6579 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
6580 | } | |
6581 | else | |
6582 | { | |
6583 | // at right of grid | |
6584 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6585 | } | |
6586 | } | |
6587 | break; | |
6588 | ||
6589 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6590 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6591 | { | |
6592 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
6593 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6594 | } | |
6595 | else | |
6596 | { | |
6597 | event.Skip(); | |
6598 | } | |
6599 | break; | |
6600 | ||
6601 | case WXK_END: | |
6602 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6603 | { | |
6604 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
6605 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
6606 | } | |
6607 | else | |
6608 | { | |
6609 | event.Skip(); | |
6610 | } | |
6611 | break; | |
6612 | ||
6613 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
6614 | MovePageUp(); | |
6615 | break; | |
6616 | ||
6617 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
6618 | MovePageDown(); | |
6619 | break; | |
6620 | ||
6621 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
6622 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6623 | { | |
6624 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6625 | { | |
6626 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( | |
6627 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6628 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
6629 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6630 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6631 | event.AltDown(), | |
6632 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6633 | } | |
6634 | break; | |
6635 | } | |
6636 | ||
6637 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
6638 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
6639 | else | |
6640 | event.Skip(); | |
6641 | break; | |
6642 | ||
6643 | default: | |
6644 | event.Skip(); | |
6645 | break; | |
6646 | } | |
6647 | } | |
6648 | ||
6649 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
6650 | } | |
6651 | ||
6652 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6653 | { | |
6654 | // try local handlers | |
6655 | // | |
6656 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
6657 | { | |
6658 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6659 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6660 | { | |
6661 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6662 | { | |
6663 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
6664 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6665 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6666 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6667 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6668 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6669 | true, | |
6670 | event.AltDown(), | |
6671 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6672 | } | |
6673 | } | |
6674 | ||
6675 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6676 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6677 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6678 | } | |
6679 | } | |
6680 | ||
6681 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6682 | { | |
6683 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
6684 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6685 | { | |
6686 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
6687 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6688 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6689 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6690 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6691 | ||
6692 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
6693 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
6694 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
6695 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
6696 | { | |
6697 | // ensure cell is visble | |
6698 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
6699 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6700 | ||
6701 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
6702 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
6703 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
6704 | // crash the app | |
6705 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6706 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
6707 | } | |
6708 | else | |
6709 | { | |
6710 | event.Skip(); | |
6711 | } | |
6712 | ||
6713 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6714 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6715 | } | |
6716 | else | |
6717 | { | |
6718 | event.Skip(); | |
6719 | } | |
6720 | } | |
6721 | ||
6722 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
6723 | { | |
6724 | } | |
6725 | ||
6726 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6727 | { | |
6728 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
6729 | { | |
6730 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
6731 | return; | |
6732 | } | |
6733 | ||
6734 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6735 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6736 | ||
6737 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6738 | { | |
6739 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6740 | ||
6741 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
6742 | { | |
6743 | wxRect r; | |
6744 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
6745 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6746 | { | |
6747 | r.x--; | |
6748 | r.y--; | |
6749 | r.width++; | |
6750 | r.height++; | |
6751 | } | |
6752 | ||
6753 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
6754 | ||
6755 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
6756 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
6757 | ||
6758 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
6759 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
6760 | } | |
6761 | } | |
6762 | ||
6763 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
6764 | ||
6765 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
6766 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
6767 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6768 | } | |
6769 | ||
6770 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
6771 | { | |
6772 | int temp; | |
6773 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
6774 | ||
6775 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6776 | { | |
6777 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
6778 | { | |
6779 | leftCol = 0; | |
6780 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
6781 | } | |
6782 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
6783 | { | |
6784 | topRow = 0; | |
6785 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
6786 | } | |
6787 | } | |
6788 | ||
6789 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
6790 | { | |
6791 | temp = topRow; | |
6792 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
6793 | bottomRow = temp; | |
6794 | } | |
6795 | ||
6796 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
6797 | { | |
6798 | temp = leftCol; | |
6799 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
6800 | rightCol = temp; | |
6801 | } | |
6802 | ||
6803 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
6804 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
6805 | ||
6806 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
6807 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
6808 | m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6809 | { | |
6810 | wxRect rect; | |
6811 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
6812 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
6813 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6814 | } | |
6815 | ||
6816 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
6817 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
6818 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
6819 | { | |
6820 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
6821 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
6822 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
6823 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
6824 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
6825 | need_refresh[0] = | |
6826 | need_refresh[1] = | |
6827 | need_refresh[2] = | |
6828 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
6829 | int i; | |
6830 | ||
6831 | // Store intermediate values | |
6832 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
6833 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
6834 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
6835 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
6836 | ||
6837 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
6838 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
6839 | { | |
6840 | temp = oldLeft; | |
6841 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
6842 | leftCol = temp; | |
6843 | } | |
6844 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
6845 | { | |
6846 | temp = oldTop; | |
6847 | oldTop = topRow; | |
6848 | topRow = temp; | |
6849 | } | |
6850 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
6851 | { | |
6852 | temp = oldRight; | |
6853 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
6854 | rightCol = temp; | |
6855 | } | |
6856 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
6857 | { | |
6858 | temp = oldBottom; | |
6859 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
6860 | bottomRow = temp; | |
6861 | } | |
6862 | ||
6863 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
6864 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
6865 | // is contained in the other. | |
6866 | ||
6867 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
6868 | { | |
6869 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6870 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
6871 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
6872 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
6873 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
6874 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
6875 | } | |
6876 | ||
6877 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
6878 | { | |
6879 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6880 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
6881 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
6882 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
6883 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
6884 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
6885 | } | |
6886 | ||
6887 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
6888 | { | |
6889 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6890 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
6891 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
6892 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
6893 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
6894 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
6895 | } | |
6896 | ||
6897 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
6898 | { | |
6899 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6900 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
6901 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
6902 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
6903 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
6904 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
6905 | } | |
6906 | ||
6907 | // various Refresh() calls | |
6908 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
6909 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
6910 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
6911 | } | |
6912 | ||
6913 | // change selection | |
6914 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
6915 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
6916 | } | |
6917 | ||
6918 | // | |
6919 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
6920 | // | |
6921 | ||
6922 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
6923 | { | |
6924 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
6925 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6926 | ||
6927 | if ( m_table ) | |
6928 | { | |
6929 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
6930 | // | |
6931 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6932 | return true; | |
6933 | } | |
6934 | ||
6935 | return false; | |
6936 | } | |
6937 | ||
6938 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
6939 | { | |
6940 | int row, col; | |
6941 | ||
6942 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
6943 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
6944 | // I think so ... | |
6945 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6946 | ||
6947 | if ( m_table ) | |
6948 | { | |
6949 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
6950 | { | |
6951 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
6952 | { | |
6953 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
6954 | } | |
6955 | } | |
6956 | ||
6957 | return true; | |
6958 | } | |
6959 | ||
6960 | return false; | |
6961 | } | |
6962 | ||
6963 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
6964 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
6965 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
6966 | // | |
6967 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
6968 | { | |
6969 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
6970 | return; | |
6971 | ||
6972 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
6973 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6974 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
6975 | ||
6976 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6977 | { | |
6978 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
6979 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
6980 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6981 | ||
6982 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
6983 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
6984 | { | |
6985 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
6986 | bool marked = false; | |
6987 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
6988 | { | |
6989 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
6990 | { | |
6991 | marked = true; | |
6992 | break; | |
6993 | } | |
6994 | } | |
6995 | ||
6996 | if (!marked) | |
6997 | { | |
6998 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
6999 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
7000 | { | |
7001 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
7002 | { | |
7003 | marked = true; | |
7004 | break; | |
7005 | } | |
7006 | } | |
7007 | ||
7008 | if (!marked) | |
7009 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7010 | } | |
7011 | ||
7012 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
7013 | continue; | |
7014 | } | |
7015 | ||
7016 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
7017 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
7018 | { | |
7019 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
7020 | { | |
7021 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
7022 | int left = col; | |
7023 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
7024 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
7025 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
7026 | { | |
7027 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
7028 | } | |
7029 | ||
7030 | if (left == col) | |
7031 | left = 0; // oh well | |
7032 | ||
7033 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
7034 | { | |
7035 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
7036 | { | |
7037 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
7038 | { | |
7039 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
7040 | bool marked = false; | |
7041 | ||
7042 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
7043 | { | |
7044 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
7045 | { | |
7046 | marked = true; | |
7047 | break; | |
7048 | } | |
7049 | } | |
7050 | ||
7051 | if (!marked) | |
7052 | { | |
7053 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7054 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
7055 | { | |
7056 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
7057 | { | |
7058 | marked = true; | |
7059 | break; | |
7060 | } | |
7061 | } | |
7062 | if (!marked) | |
7063 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7064 | } | |
7065 | } | |
7066 | break; | |
7067 | } | |
7068 | } | |
7069 | } | |
7070 | } | |
7071 | ||
7072 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
7073 | } | |
7074 | ||
7075 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7076 | ||
7077 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7078 | { | |
7079 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
7080 | } | |
7081 | } | |
7082 | ||
7083 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
7084 | { | |
7085 | int cw, ch; | |
7086 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7087 | ||
7088 | int right, bottom; | |
7089 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7090 | ||
7091 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0; | |
7092 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
7093 | ||
7094 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7095 | { | |
7096 | int left, top; | |
7097 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7098 | ||
7099 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
7100 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
7101 | ||
7102 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
7103 | { | |
7104 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
7105 | } | |
7106 | ||
7107 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7108 | { | |
7109 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
7110 | } | |
7111 | } | |
7112 | } | |
7113 | ||
7114 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7115 | { | |
7116 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7117 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7118 | ||
7119 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7120 | return; | |
7121 | ||
7122 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
7123 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7124 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7125 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
7126 | #endif | |
7127 | ||
7128 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7129 | ||
7130 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
7131 | ||
7132 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7133 | ||
7134 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
7135 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
7136 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7137 | { | |
7138 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
7139 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
7140 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
7141 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
7142 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS | |
7143 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7144 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
7145 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7146 | #endif | |
7147 | } | |
7148 | else | |
7149 | { | |
7150 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
7151 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7152 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
7153 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7154 | } | |
7155 | ||
7156 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7157 | } | |
7158 | ||
7159 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
7160 | { | |
7161 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7162 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7163 | ||
7164 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7165 | return; | |
7166 | ||
7167 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7168 | ||
7169 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
7170 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
7171 | // it doesn't look really good | |
7172 | ||
7173 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
7174 | ||
7175 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
7176 | { | |
7177 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
7178 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
7179 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
7180 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
7181 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
7182 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
7183 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
7184 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
7185 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
7186 | ||
7187 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
7188 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
7189 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
7190 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
7191 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
7192 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7193 | } | |
7194 | ||
7195 | #if 0 | |
7196 | // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders... | |
7197 | ||
7198 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
7199 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
7200 | y1 = rect.y, | |
7201 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1, | |
7202 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7203 | ||
7204 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
7205 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
7206 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
7207 | ||
7208 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
7209 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2); | |
7210 | ||
7211 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
7212 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
7213 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1); | |
7214 | #endif | |
7215 | } | |
7216 | ||
7217 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7218 | { | |
7219 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7220 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7221 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7222 | return; | |
7223 | ||
7224 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7225 | ||
7226 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7227 | ||
7228 | // right hand border | |
7229 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
7230 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
7231 | ||
7232 | // bottom border | |
7233 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
7234 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
7235 | } | |
7236 | ||
7237 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
7238 | { | |
7239 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
7240 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
7241 | // | |
7242 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7243 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
7244 | { | |
7245 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
7246 | } | |
7247 | ||
7248 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7249 | { | |
7250 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
7251 | return; | |
7252 | } | |
7253 | ||
7254 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
7255 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
7256 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
7257 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
7258 | { | |
7259 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
7260 | { | |
7261 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7262 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7263 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7264 | ||
7265 | break; | |
7266 | } | |
7267 | } | |
7268 | } | |
7269 | ||
7270 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
7271 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
7272 | // has been changed | |
7273 | // | |
7274 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
7275 | { | |
7276 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
7277 | return; | |
7278 | #endif | |
7279 | ||
7280 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7281 | return; | |
7282 | ||
7283 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
7284 | ||
7285 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
7286 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
7287 | { | |
7288 | int cw, ch; | |
7289 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7290 | ||
7291 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
7292 | // | |
7293 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7294 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7295 | } | |
7296 | else | |
7297 | { | |
7298 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
7299 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
7300 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
7301 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
7302 | } | |
7303 | #else | |
7304 | int cw, ch; | |
7305 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7306 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7307 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7308 | #endif | |
7309 | ||
7310 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
7311 | // | |
7312 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); | |
7313 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
7314 | ||
7315 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
7316 | int leftCol = internalXToCol(left); | |
7317 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
7318 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(right); | |
7319 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
7320 | ||
7321 | #ifndef __WXMAC__ | |
7322 | // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping | |
7323 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
7324 | ||
7325 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7326 | wxRect rect; | |
7327 | ||
7328 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
7329 | { | |
7330 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
7331 | { | |
7332 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7333 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7334 | { | |
7335 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
7336 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7337 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7338 | } | |
7339 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7340 | { | |
7341 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7342 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7343 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7344 | } | |
7345 | } | |
7346 | } | |
7347 | #else | |
7348 | wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top ); | |
7349 | ||
7350 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7351 | wxRect rect; | |
7352 | ||
7353 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
7354 | { | |
7355 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
7356 | { | |
7357 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7358 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7359 | { | |
7360 | rect = CellToRect(j, i); | |
7361 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7362 | } | |
7363 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7364 | { | |
7365 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7366 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7367 | } | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | } | |
7370 | #endif | |
7371 | ||
7372 | dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
7373 | ||
7374 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7375 | ||
7376 | // horizontal grid lines | |
7377 | // | |
7378 | // already declared above - int i; | |
7379 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7380 | { | |
7381 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
7382 | ||
7383 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
7384 | { | |
7385 | break; | |
7386 | } | |
7387 | ||
7388 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
7389 | { | |
7390 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
7391 | } | |
7392 | } | |
7393 | ||
7394 | // vertical grid lines | |
7395 | // | |
7396 | for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
7397 | { | |
7398 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
7399 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
7400 | { | |
7401 | break; | |
7402 | } | |
7403 | ||
7404 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
7405 | { | |
7406 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
7407 | } | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | ||
7410 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
7411 | } | |
7412 | ||
7413 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
7414 | { | |
7415 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
7416 | return; | |
7417 | ||
7418 | size_t i; | |
7419 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
7420 | ||
7421 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7422 | { | |
7423 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
7424 | } | |
7425 | } | |
7426 | ||
7427 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
7428 | { | |
7429 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
7430 | return; | |
7431 | ||
7432 | wxRect rect; | |
7433 | ||
7434 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
7435 | rect.SetX( 1 ); | |
7436 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 ); | |
7437 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 ); | |
7438 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 ); | |
7439 | ||
7440 | CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y ); | |
7441 | ||
7442 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7443 | ||
7444 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7445 | #else | |
7446 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
7447 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
7448 | ||
7449 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7450 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
7451 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
7452 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
7453 | ||
7454 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7455 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
7456 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
7457 | #endif | |
7458 | ||
7459 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7460 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7461 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7462 | ||
7463 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
7464 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7465 | ||
7466 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
7467 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
7468 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
7469 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
7470 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
7471 | } | |
7472 | ||
7473 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
7474 | { | |
7475 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
7476 | return; | |
7477 | ||
7478 | size_t i; | |
7479 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
7480 | ||
7481 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7482 | { | |
7483 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
7484 | } | |
7485 | } | |
7486 | ||
7487 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
7488 | { | |
7489 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
7490 | return; | |
7491 | ||
7492 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
7493 | ||
7494 | wxRect rect; | |
7495 | ||
7496 | #ifdef __WXGTK20__ | |
7497 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 ); | |
7498 | rect.SetY( 1 ); | |
7499 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 ); | |
7500 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 ); | |
7501 | ||
7502 | wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc; | |
7503 | ||
7504 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 ); | |
7505 | #else | |
7506 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
7507 | ||
7508 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7509 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7510 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
7511 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
7512 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7513 | ||
7514 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7515 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
7516 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
7517 | #endif | |
7518 | ||
7519 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7520 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7521 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7522 | ||
7523 | int hAlign, vAlign, orient; | |
7524 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7525 | orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
7526 | ||
7527 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
7528 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
7529 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
7530 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
7531 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient ); | |
7532 | } | |
7533 | ||
7534 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
7535 | const wxString& value, | |
7536 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7537 | int horizAlign, | |
7538 | int vertAlign, | |
7539 | int textOrientation ) | |
7540 | { | |
7541 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7542 | ||
7543 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
7544 | ||
7545 | // Forward to new API. | |
7546 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
7547 | lines, | |
7548 | rect, | |
7549 | horizAlign, | |
7550 | vertAlign, | |
7551 | textOrientation ); | |
7552 | } | |
7553 | ||
7554 | // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to | |
7555 | // add textOrientation support | |
7556 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
7557 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7558 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7559 | int horizAlign, | |
7560 | int vertAlign, | |
7561 | int textOrientation) | |
7562 | { | |
7563 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
7564 | return; | |
7565 | ||
7566 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
7567 | ||
7568 | long textWidth, | |
7569 | textHeight; | |
7570 | ||
7571 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7572 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
7573 | else | |
7574 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
7575 | ||
7576 | int x = 0, | |
7577 | y = 0; | |
7578 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
7579 | { | |
7580 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
7581 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7582 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
7583 | else | |
7584 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
7585 | break; | |
7586 | ||
7587 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7588 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7589 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
7590 | else | |
7591 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
7592 | break; | |
7593 | ||
7594 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
7595 | default: | |
7596 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7597 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
7598 | else | |
7599 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7600 | break; | |
7601 | } | |
7602 | ||
7603 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
7604 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
7605 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
7606 | { | |
7607 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
7608 | ||
7609 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
7610 | { | |
7611 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
7612 | continue; | |
7613 | } | |
7614 | ||
7615 | long lineWidth, | |
7616 | lineHeight; | |
7617 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
7618 | ||
7619 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
7620 | { | |
7621 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
7622 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7623 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
7624 | else | |
7625 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
7626 | break; | |
7627 | ||
7628 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7629 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7630 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
7631 | else | |
7632 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
7633 | break; | |
7634 | ||
7635 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
7636 | default: | |
7637 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7638 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7639 | else | |
7640 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7641 | break; | |
7642 | } | |
7643 | ||
7644 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7645 | { | |
7646 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
7647 | y += lineHeight; | |
7648 | } | |
7649 | else | |
7650 | { | |
7651 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
7652 | x += lineHeight; | |
7653 | } | |
7654 | } | |
7655 | } | |
7656 | ||
7657 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
7658 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
7659 | // | |
7660 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
7661 | { | |
7662 | int startPos = 0; | |
7663 | int pos; | |
7664 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
7665 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
7666 | ||
7667 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
7668 | { | |
7669 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
7670 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
7671 | { | |
7672 | break; | |
7673 | } | |
7674 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
7675 | { | |
7676 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
7677 | } | |
7678 | else | |
7679 | { | |
7680 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
7681 | } | |
7682 | ||
7683 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
7684 | } | |
7685 | ||
7686 | if ( startPos < (int)value.length() ) | |
7687 | { | |
7688 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
7689 | } | |
7690 | } | |
7691 | ||
7692 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
7693 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7694 | long *width, long *height ) | |
7695 | { | |
7696 | long w = 0; | |
7697 | long h = 0; | |
7698 | long lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
7699 | ||
7700 | size_t i; | |
7701 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
7702 | { | |
7703 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
7704 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
7705 | h += lineH; | |
7706 | } | |
7707 | ||
7708 | *width = w; | |
7709 | *height = h; | |
7710 | } | |
7711 | ||
7712 | // | |
7713 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
7714 | // | |
7715 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
7716 | { | |
7717 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
7718 | { | |
7719 | m_batchCount--; | |
7720 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
7721 | { | |
7722 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7723 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7724 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7725 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7726 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7727 | } | |
7728 | } | |
7729 | } | |
7730 | ||
7731 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
7732 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
7733 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
7734 | // | |
7735 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
7736 | { | |
7737 | BeginBatch(); | |
7738 | EndBatch(); | |
7739 | } | |
7740 | ||
7741 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
7742 | { | |
7743 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
7744 | return false; | |
7745 | ||
7746 | // redraw in the new state | |
7747 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7748 | ||
7749 | return true; | |
7750 | } | |
7751 | ||
7752 | // | |
7753 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
7754 | // | |
7755 | ||
7756 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
7757 | { | |
7758 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
7759 | // | |
7760 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
7761 | { | |
7762 | if (!edit) | |
7763 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
7764 | m_editable = edit; | |
7765 | } | |
7766 | } | |
7767 | ||
7768 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
7769 | { | |
7770 | if (! m_editable) | |
7771 | return; | |
7772 | ||
7773 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7774 | { | |
7775 | if ( enable ) | |
7776 | { | |
7777 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) | |
7778 | return; | |
7779 | ||
7780 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
7781 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
7782 | ||
7783 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
7784 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
7785 | ||
7786 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
7787 | } | |
7788 | else | |
7789 | { | |
7790 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
7791 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN ); | |
7792 | ||
7793 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7794 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
7795 | ||
7796 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
7797 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
7798 | } | |
7799 | } | |
7800 | } | |
7801 | ||
7802 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
7803 | { | |
7804 | // const_cast | |
7805 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7806 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7807 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7808 | ||
7809 | return readonly; | |
7810 | } | |
7811 | ||
7812 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
7813 | { | |
7814 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
7815 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
7816 | } | |
7817 | ||
7818 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
7819 | { | |
7820 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
7821 | // current one if it's read only | |
7822 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
7823 | } | |
7824 | ||
7825 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
7826 | { | |
7827 | bool isShown = false; | |
7828 | ||
7829 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7830 | { | |
7831 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7832 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7833 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7834 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
7835 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7836 | ||
7837 | if ( editor ) | |
7838 | { | |
7839 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
7840 | { | |
7841 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
7842 | } | |
7843 | ||
7844 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7845 | } | |
7846 | } | |
7847 | ||
7848 | return isShown; | |
7849 | } | |
7850 | ||
7851 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
7852 | { | |
7853 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
7854 | { | |
7855 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
7856 | { | |
7857 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
7858 | return; | |
7859 | } | |
7860 | else | |
7861 | { | |
7862 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7863 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7864 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7865 | ||
7866 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
7867 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7868 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7869 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7870 | { | |
7871 | row += cell_rows; | |
7872 | col += cell_cols; | |
7873 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
7874 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
7875 | } | |
7876 | ||
7877 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
7878 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7879 | ||
7880 | int nXMove = 0; | |
7881 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
7882 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
7883 | ||
7884 | // performed in PaintBackground() | |
7885 | #if 0 | |
7886 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
7887 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
7888 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7889 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7890 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
7891 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
7892 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7893 | #endif | |
7894 | ||
7895 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
7896 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
7897 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
7898 | // "don't change." | |
7899 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
7900 | rect.x--; | |
7901 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
7902 | rect.y--; | |
7903 | ||
7904 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7905 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7906 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
7907 | { | |
7908 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
7909 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
7910 | ||
7911 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
7912 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
7913 | this, | |
7914 | row, | |
7915 | col, | |
7916 | editor->GetControl()); | |
7917 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
7918 | } | |
7919 | ||
7920 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
7921 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
7922 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
7923 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
7924 | { | |
7925 | int y; | |
7926 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
7927 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
7928 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
7929 | } | |
7930 | ||
7931 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
7932 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
7933 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
7934 | ||
7935 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
7936 | { | |
7937 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7938 | // may have changed earlier | |
7939 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
7940 | { | |
7941 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
7942 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
7943 | ||
7944 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
7945 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
7946 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
7947 | { | |
7948 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
7949 | } | |
7950 | else | |
7951 | break; | |
7952 | } | |
7953 | ||
7954 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
7955 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
7956 | } | |
7957 | ||
7958 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
7959 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
7960 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
7961 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
7962 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
7963 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
7964 | ||
7965 | int colXPos = 0; | |
7966 | for (int i = 0; i < m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); i++) | |
7967 | { | |
7968 | colXPos += GetColSize( i ); | |
7969 | } | |
7970 | ||
7971 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
7972 | GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &xUnit, &yUnit ); | |
7973 | if (m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() != 0) | |
7974 | Scroll( colXPos / xUnit - 1, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) ); | |
7975 | else | |
7976 | Scroll( colXPos / xUnit, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) ); | |
7977 | ||
7978 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
7979 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
7980 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7981 | ||
7982 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
7983 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
7984 | ||
7985 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7986 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7987 | } | |
7988 | } | |
7989 | } | |
7990 | ||
7991 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
7992 | { | |
7993 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
7994 | { | |
7995 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7996 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7997 | ||
7998 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7999 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8000 | editor->Show( false ); | |
8001 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8002 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8003 | ||
8004 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
8005 | ||
8006 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
8007 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
8008 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8009 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
8010 | ||
8011 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
8012 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
8013 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
8014 | #endif | |
8015 | ||
8016 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8017 | } | |
8018 | } | |
8019 | ||
8020 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
8021 | { | |
8022 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8023 | { | |
8024 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8025 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8026 | ||
8027 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8028 | ||
8029 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8030 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8031 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
8032 | ||
8033 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8034 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8035 | ||
8036 | if (changed) | |
8037 | { | |
8038 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
8039 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
8040 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) | |
8041 | { | |
8042 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
8043 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
8044 | } | |
8045 | } | |
8046 | } | |
8047 | } | |
8048 | ||
8049 | // | |
8050 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
8051 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
8052 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
8053 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
8054 | // | |
8055 | ||
8056 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
8057 | { | |
8058 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
8059 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
8060 | ||
8061 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
8062 | { | |
8063 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8064 | } | |
8065 | else | |
8066 | { | |
8067 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
8068 | } | |
8069 | } | |
8070 | ||
8071 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
8072 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
8073 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
8074 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
8075 | ||
8076 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
8077 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
8078 | bool clipToMinMax) | |
8079 | { | |
8080 | if (coord < 0) | |
8081 | return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1; | |
8082 | ||
8083 | if (!defaultDist) | |
8084 | defaultDist = 1; | |
8085 | ||
8086 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, | |
8087 | i_min = 0; | |
8088 | ||
8089 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) | |
8090 | { | |
8091 | if ((int) i_max < nMax) | |
8092 | return i_max; | |
8093 | return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1; | |
8094 | } | |
8095 | ||
8096 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8097 | { | |
8098 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8099 | } | |
8100 | else | |
8101 | { | |
8102 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8103 | { | |
8104 | i_min = i_max; | |
8105 | if (minDist) | |
8106 | i_max = coord / minDist; | |
8107 | else | |
8108 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8109 | } | |
8110 | ||
8111 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
8112 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
8113 | } | |
8114 | ||
8115 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
8116 | return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1; | |
8117 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) | |
8118 | return 0; | |
8119 | ||
8120 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) | |
8121 | { | |
8122 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], | |
8123 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); | |
8124 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) | |
8125 | return i_max; | |
8126 | else | |
8127 | i_max--; | |
8128 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; | |
8129 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) | |
8130 | i_max = median; | |
8131 | else | |
8132 | i_min = median; | |
8133 | } | |
8134 | ||
8135 | return i_max; | |
8136 | } | |
8137 | ||
8138 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
8139 | { | |
8140 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, | |
8141 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false); | |
8142 | } | |
8143 | ||
8144 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) | |
8145 | { | |
8146 | return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, | |
8147 | m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false); | |
8148 | } | |
8149 | ||
8150 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
8151 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
8152 | // | |
8153 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
8154 | { | |
8155 | int i; | |
8156 | i = internalYToRow(y); | |
8157 | ||
8158 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8159 | { | |
8160 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are | |
8161 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. | |
8162 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8163 | return i; | |
8164 | else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8165 | return i - 1; | |
8166 | } | |
8167 | ||
8168 | return -1; | |
8169 | } | |
8170 | ||
8171 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
8172 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
8173 | // | |
8174 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
8175 | { | |
8176 | int i; | |
8177 | i = internalXToCol(x); | |
8178 | ||
8179 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8180 | { | |
8181 | // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are | |
8182 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. | |
8183 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8184 | return i; | |
8185 | else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8186 | return i - 1; | |
8187 | } | |
8188 | ||
8189 | return -1; | |
8190 | } | |
8191 | ||
8192 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
8193 | { | |
8194 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
8195 | ||
8196 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8197 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8198 | { | |
8199 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8200 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
8201 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8202 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
8203 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
8204 | row += cell_rows; | |
8205 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
8206 | col += cell_cols; | |
8207 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8208 | ||
8209 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
8210 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8211 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
8212 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
8213 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
8214 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
8215 | } | |
8216 | ||
8217 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
8218 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
8219 | { | |
8220 | rect.width -= 1; | |
8221 | rect.height -= 1; | |
8222 | } | |
8223 | ||
8224 | return rect; | |
8225 | } | |
8226 | ||
8227 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
8228 | { | |
8229 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8230 | // | |
8231 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8232 | ||
8233 | // convert to device coords | |
8234 | // | |
8235 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8236 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8237 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8238 | ||
8239 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
8240 | int cw, ch; | |
8241 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8242 | ||
8243 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
8244 | { | |
8245 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
8246 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
8247 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
8248 | } | |
8249 | else | |
8250 | { | |
8251 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
8252 | // | |
8253 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
8254 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
8255 | } | |
8256 | } | |
8257 | ||
8258 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
8259 | // of scrolling | |
8260 | // | |
8261 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
8262 | { | |
8263 | int i; | |
8264 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
8265 | ||
8266 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8267 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8268 | { | |
8269 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8270 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8271 | ||
8272 | // convert to device coords | |
8273 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8274 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8275 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8276 | ||
8277 | int cw, ch; | |
8278 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8279 | ||
8280 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
8281 | { | |
8282 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8283 | } | |
8284 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
8285 | { | |
8286 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
8287 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8288 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
8289 | { | |
8290 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
8291 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
8292 | break; | |
8293 | ||
8294 | h += rowHeight; | |
8295 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
8296 | } | |
8297 | ||
8298 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
8299 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
8300 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
8301 | // | |
8302 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
8303 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
8304 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
8305 | } | |
8306 | ||
8307 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
8308 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
8309 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
8310 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
8311 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
8312 | { | |
8313 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
8314 | } | |
8315 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
8316 | { | |
8317 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
8318 | int x0, y0; | |
8319 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
8320 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
8321 | ||
8322 | // see comment for ypos above | |
8323 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
8324 | } | |
8325 | ||
8326 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
8327 | { | |
8328 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
8329 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
8330 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
8331 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
8332 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
8333 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
8334 | } | |
8335 | } | |
8336 | } | |
8337 | ||
8338 | // | |
8339 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
8340 | // | |
8341 | ||
8342 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
8343 | { | |
8344 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8345 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
8346 | { | |
8347 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8348 | { | |
8349 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8350 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8351 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8352 | { | |
8353 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
8354 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8355 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8356 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8357 | } | |
8358 | } | |
8359 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8360 | { | |
8361 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1; | |
8362 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8363 | ClearSelection(); | |
8364 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8365 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8366 | } | |
8367 | else | |
8368 | return false; | |
8369 | ||
8370 | return true; | |
8371 | } | |
8372 | ||
8373 | return false; | |
8374 | } | |
8375 | ||
8376 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
8377 | { | |
8378 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8379 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
8380 | { | |
8381 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8382 | { | |
8383 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8384 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8385 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8386 | { | |
8387 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
8388 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8389 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8390 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8391 | } | |
8392 | } | |
8393 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8394 | { | |
8395 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1; | |
8396 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8397 | ClearSelection(); | |
8398 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8399 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8400 | } | |
8401 | else | |
8402 | return false; | |
8403 | ||
8404 | return true; | |
8405 | } | |
8406 | ||
8407 | return false; | |
8408 | } | |
8409 | ||
8410 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
8411 | { | |
8412 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8413 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
8414 | { | |
8415 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8416 | { | |
8417 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8418 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8419 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8420 | { | |
8421 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
8422 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8423 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8424 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8425 | } | |
8426 | } | |
8427 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8428 | { | |
8429 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8430 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1; | |
8431 | ClearSelection(); | |
8432 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8433 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8434 | } | |
8435 | else | |
8436 | return false; | |
8437 | ||
8438 | return true; | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | ||
8441 | return false; | |
8442 | } | |
8443 | ||
8444 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
8445 | { | |
8446 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8447 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
8448 | { | |
8449 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8450 | { | |
8451 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8452 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8453 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8454 | { | |
8455 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
8456 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
8457 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
8458 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8459 | } | |
8460 | } | |
8461 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8462 | { | |
8463 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8464 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1; | |
8465 | ClearSelection(); | |
8466 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8467 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8468 | } | |
8469 | else | |
8470 | return false; | |
8471 | ||
8472 | return true; | |
8473 | } | |
8474 | ||
8475 | return false; | |
8476 | } | |
8477 | ||
8478 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
8479 | { | |
8480 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8481 | return false; | |
8482 | ||
8483 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8484 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
8485 | { | |
8486 | int cw, ch; | |
8487 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8488 | ||
8489 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8490 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
8491 | ||
8492 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8493 | { | |
8494 | // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here. | |
8495 | newRow = row - 1; | |
8496 | } | |
8497 | ||
8498 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8499 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8500 | ||
8501 | return true; | |
8502 | } | |
8503 | ||
8504 | return false; | |
8505 | } | |
8506 | ||
8507 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
8508 | { | |
8509 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8510 | return false; | |
8511 | ||
8512 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8513 | if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows ) | |
8514 | { | |
8515 | int cw, ch; | |
8516 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8517 | ||
8518 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8519 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch ); | |
8520 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8521 | { | |
8522 | // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here. | |
8523 | newRow = row + 1; | |
8524 | } | |
8525 | ||
8526 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8527 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8528 | ||
8529 | return true; | |
8530 | } | |
8531 | ||
8532 | return false; | |
8533 | } | |
8534 | ||
8535 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8536 | { | |
8537 | if ( m_table && | |
8538 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8539 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8540 | { | |
8541 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8542 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8543 | ||
8544 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8545 | { | |
8546 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8547 | // non-empty cells | |
8548 | // | |
8549 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8550 | { | |
8551 | row--; | |
8552 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8553 | break; | |
8554 | } | |
8555 | } | |
8556 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) ) | |
8557 | { | |
8558 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
8559 | // | |
8560 | row--; | |
8561 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8562 | { | |
8563 | row--; | |
8564 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8565 | break; | |
8566 | } | |
8567 | } | |
8568 | else | |
8569 | { | |
8570 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
8571 | // | |
8572 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8573 | { | |
8574 | row--; | |
8575 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8576 | { | |
8577 | row++; | |
8578 | break; | |
8579 | } | |
8580 | } | |
8581 | } | |
8582 | ||
8583 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8584 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8585 | { | |
8586 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8587 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8588 | } | |
8589 | else | |
8590 | { | |
8591 | ClearSelection(); | |
8592 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8593 | } | |
8594 | ||
8595 | return true; | |
8596 | } | |
8597 | ||
8598 | return false; | |
8599 | } | |
8600 | ||
8601 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8602 | { | |
8603 | if ( m_table && | |
8604 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8605 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8606 | { | |
8607 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8608 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8609 | ||
8610 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8611 | { | |
8612 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8613 | // non-empty cells | |
8614 | // | |
8615 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8616 | { | |
8617 | row++; | |
8618 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8619 | break; | |
8620 | } | |
8621 | } | |
8622 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) ) | |
8623 | { | |
8624 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
8625 | // | |
8626 | row++; | |
8627 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8628 | { | |
8629 | row++; | |
8630 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8631 | break; | |
8632 | } | |
8633 | } | |
8634 | else | |
8635 | { | |
8636 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
8637 | // | |
8638 | while ( row < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
8639 | { | |
8640 | row++; | |
8641 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8642 | { | |
8643 | row--; | |
8644 | break; | |
8645 | } | |
8646 | } | |
8647 | } | |
8648 | ||
8649 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8650 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8651 | { | |
8652 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8653 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8654 | } | |
8655 | else | |
8656 | { | |
8657 | ClearSelection(); | |
8658 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8659 | } | |
8660 | ||
8661 | return true; | |
8662 | } | |
8663 | ||
8664 | return false; | |
8665 | } | |
8666 | ||
8667 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8668 | { | |
8669 | if ( m_table && | |
8670 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8671 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8672 | { | |
8673 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8674 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8675 | ||
8676 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8677 | { | |
8678 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8679 | // non-empty cells | |
8680 | // | |
8681 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
8682 | { | |
8683 | col--; | |
8684 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8685 | break; | |
8686 | } | |
8687 | } | |
8688 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) ) | |
8689 | { | |
8690 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
8691 | // | |
8692 | col--; | |
8693 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
8694 | { | |
8695 | col--; | |
8696 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8697 | break; | |
8698 | } | |
8699 | } | |
8700 | else | |
8701 | { | |
8702 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
8703 | // | |
8704 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
8705 | { | |
8706 | col--; | |
8707 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8708 | { | |
8709 | col++; | |
8710 | break; | |
8711 | } | |
8712 | } | |
8713 | } | |
8714 | ||
8715 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8716 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8717 | { | |
8718 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8719 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8720 | } | |
8721 | else | |
8722 | { | |
8723 | ClearSelection(); | |
8724 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8725 | } | |
8726 | ||
8727 | return true; | |
8728 | } | |
8729 | ||
8730 | return false; | |
8731 | } | |
8732 | ||
8733 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8734 | { | |
8735 | if ( m_table && | |
8736 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8737 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8738 | { | |
8739 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8740 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8741 | ||
8742 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8743 | { | |
8744 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8745 | // non-empty cells | |
8746 | // | |
8747 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8748 | { | |
8749 | col++; | |
8750 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8751 | break; | |
8752 | } | |
8753 | } | |
8754 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) ) | |
8755 | { | |
8756 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
8757 | // | |
8758 | col++; | |
8759 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8760 | { | |
8761 | col++; | |
8762 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) | |
8763 | break; | |
8764 | } | |
8765 | } | |
8766 | else | |
8767 | { | |
8768 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
8769 | // | |
8770 | while ( col < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
8771 | { | |
8772 | col++; | |
8773 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8774 | { | |
8775 | col--; | |
8776 | break; | |
8777 | } | |
8778 | } | |
8779 | } | |
8780 | ||
8781 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8782 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8783 | { | |
8784 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8785 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8786 | } | |
8787 | else | |
8788 | { | |
8789 | ClearSelection(); | |
8790 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8791 | } | |
8792 | ||
8793 | return true; | |
8794 | } | |
8795 | ||
8796 | return false; | |
8797 | } | |
8798 | ||
8799 | // | |
8800 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
8801 | // | |
8802 | ||
8803 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8804 | { | |
8805 | if ( horiz ) | |
8806 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
8807 | if ( vert ) | |
8808 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
8809 | } | |
8810 | ||
8811 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8812 | { | |
8813 | if ( horiz ) | |
8814 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
8815 | if ( vert ) | |
8816 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
8817 | } | |
8818 | ||
8819 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() | |
8820 | { | |
8821 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
8822 | } | |
8823 | ||
8824 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
8825 | { | |
8826 | if ( m_table ) | |
8827 | { | |
8828 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
8829 | } | |
8830 | else | |
8831 | { | |
8832 | wxString s; | |
8833 | s << row; | |
8834 | return s; | |
8835 | } | |
8836 | } | |
8837 | ||
8838 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
8839 | { | |
8840 | if ( m_table ) | |
8841 | { | |
8842 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
8843 | } | |
8844 | else | |
8845 | { | |
8846 | wxString s; | |
8847 | s << col; | |
8848 | return s; | |
8849 | } | |
8850 | } | |
8851 | ||
8852 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
8853 | { | |
8854 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
8855 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
8856 | { | |
8857 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
8858 | { | |
8859 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
8860 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
8861 | } | |
8862 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
8863 | { | |
8864 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
8865 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
8866 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
8867 | } | |
8868 | ||
8869 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
8870 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
8871 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
8872 | } | |
8873 | } | |
8874 | ||
8875 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
8876 | { | |
8877 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
8878 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
8879 | { | |
8880 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
8881 | { | |
8882 | m_colLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
8883 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
8884 | } | |
8885 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
8886 | { | |
8887 | m_colLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
8888 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
8889 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
8890 | } | |
8891 | ||
8892 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
8893 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
8894 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
8895 | } | |
8896 | } | |
8897 | ||
8898 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
8899 | { | |
8900 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
8901 | { | |
8902 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
8903 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
8904 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
8905 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
8906 | ||
8907 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8908 | { | |
8909 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8910 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8911 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8912 | } | |
8913 | } | |
8914 | } | |
8915 | ||
8916 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
8917 | { | |
8918 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
8919 | { | |
8920 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
8921 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8922 | { | |
8923 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8924 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8925 | } | |
8926 | } | |
8927 | } | |
8928 | ||
8929 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
8930 | { | |
8931 | m_labelFont = font; | |
8932 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8933 | { | |
8934 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8935 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8936 | } | |
8937 | } | |
8938 | ||
8939 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
8940 | { | |
8941 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
8942 | switch ( horiz ) | |
8943 | { | |
8944 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
8945 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
8946 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8947 | } | |
8948 | ||
8949 | switch ( vert ) | |
8950 | { | |
8951 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
8952 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
8953 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8954 | } | |
8955 | ||
8956 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
8957 | { | |
8958 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
8959 | } | |
8960 | ||
8961 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
8962 | { | |
8963 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
8964 | } | |
8965 | ||
8966 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8967 | { | |
8968 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8969 | } | |
8970 | } | |
8971 | ||
8972 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
8973 | { | |
8974 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
8975 | switch ( horiz ) | |
8976 | { | |
8977 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
8978 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
8979 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8980 | } | |
8981 | ||
8982 | switch ( vert ) | |
8983 | { | |
8984 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
8985 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
8986 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8987 | } | |
8988 | ||
8989 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
8990 | { | |
8991 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
8992 | } | |
8993 | ||
8994 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
8995 | { | |
8996 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
8997 | } | |
8998 | ||
8999 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9000 | { | |
9001 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9002 | } | |
9003 | } | |
9004 | ||
9005 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
9006 | // does not support vertical printing | |
9007 | // | |
9008 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
9009 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
9010 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
9011 | // | |
9012 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
9013 | { | |
9014 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9015 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
9016 | ||
9017 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9018 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9019 | } | |
9020 | ||
9021 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
9022 | { | |
9023 | if ( m_table ) | |
9024 | { | |
9025 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
9026 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9027 | { | |
9028 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
9029 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
9030 | { | |
9031 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9032 | rect.x = 0; | |
9033 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9034 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9035 | } | |
9036 | } | |
9037 | } | |
9038 | } | |
9039 | ||
9040 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9041 | { | |
9042 | if ( m_table ) | |
9043 | { | |
9044 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
9045 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9046 | { | |
9047 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
9048 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
9049 | { | |
9050 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9051 | rect.y = 0; | |
9052 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9053 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9054 | } | |
9055 | } | |
9056 | } | |
9057 | } | |
9058 | ||
9059 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9060 | { | |
9061 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
9062 | { | |
9063 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
9064 | ||
9065 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9066 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9067 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9068 | } | |
9069 | } | |
9070 | ||
9071 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9072 | { | |
9073 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
9074 | { | |
9075 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
9076 | ||
9077 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9078 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9079 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9080 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
9081 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9082 | } | |
9083 | } | |
9084 | ||
9085 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
9086 | { | |
9087 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
9088 | { | |
9089 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
9090 | ||
9091 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9092 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9093 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9094 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9095 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9096 | return; | |
9097 | ||
9098 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9099 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9100 | } | |
9101 | } | |
9102 | ||
9103 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
9104 | { | |
9105 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
9106 | { | |
9107 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
9108 | ||
9109 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9110 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9111 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9112 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9113 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9114 | return; | |
9115 | ||
9116 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9117 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9118 | } | |
9119 | } | |
9120 | ||
9121 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
9122 | { | |
9123 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
9124 | { | |
9125 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
9126 | ||
9127 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9128 | { | |
9129 | if ( enable ) | |
9130 | { | |
9131 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9132 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9133 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9134 | } | |
9135 | else | |
9136 | { | |
9137 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
9138 | } | |
9139 | } | |
9140 | } | |
9141 | } | |
9142 | ||
9143 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
9144 | { | |
9145 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9146 | } | |
9147 | ||
9148 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
9149 | { | |
9150 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9151 | ||
9152 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
9153 | } | |
9154 | ||
9155 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
9156 | { | |
9157 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
9158 | } | |
9159 | ||
9160 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
9161 | { | |
9162 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9163 | ||
9164 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
9165 | } | |
9166 | ||
9167 | // ============================================================================ | |
9168 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
9169 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
9170 | // ============================================================================ | |
9171 | ||
9172 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9173 | // setting default attributes | |
9174 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9175 | ||
9176 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9177 | { | |
9178 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9179 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
9180 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9181 | #endif | |
9182 | } | |
9183 | ||
9184 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9185 | { | |
9186 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
9187 | } | |
9188 | ||
9189 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9190 | { | |
9191 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9192 | } | |
9193 | ||
9194 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
9195 | { | |
9196 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9197 | } | |
9198 | ||
9199 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9200 | { | |
9201 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
9202 | } | |
9203 | ||
9204 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
9205 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
9206 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
9207 | // work correctly. | |
9208 | ||
9209 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9210 | { | |
9211 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9212 | renderer, | |
9213 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
9214 | } | |
9215 | ||
9216 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
9217 | { | |
9218 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9219 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
9220 | editor); | |
9221 | } | |
9222 | ||
9223 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9224 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
9225 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9226 | ||
9227 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
9228 | { | |
9229 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9230 | } | |
9231 | ||
9232 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
9233 | { | |
9234 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
9235 | } | |
9236 | ||
9237 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
9238 | { | |
9239 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
9240 | } | |
9241 | ||
9242 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9243 | { | |
9244 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9245 | } | |
9246 | ||
9247 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() | |
9248 | { | |
9249 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
9250 | } | |
9251 | ||
9252 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
9253 | { | |
9254 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9255 | } | |
9256 | ||
9257 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
9258 | { | |
9259 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9260 | } | |
9261 | ||
9262 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9263 | // access to cell attributes | |
9264 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9265 | ||
9266 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
9267 | { | |
9268 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9269 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9270 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9271 | ||
9272 | return colour; | |
9273 | } | |
9274 | ||
9275 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
9276 | { | |
9277 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9278 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
9279 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9280 | ||
9281 | return colour; | |
9282 | } | |
9283 | ||
9284 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
9285 | { | |
9286 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9287 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
9288 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9289 | ||
9290 | return font; | |
9291 | } | |
9292 | ||
9293 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
9294 | { | |
9295 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9296 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9297 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9298 | } | |
9299 | ||
9300 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) | |
9301 | { | |
9302 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9303 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
9304 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9305 | ||
9306 | return allow; | |
9307 | } | |
9308 | ||
9309 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) | |
9310 | { | |
9311 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9312 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
9313 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9314 | } | |
9315 | ||
9316 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
9317 | { | |
9318 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9319 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9320 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9321 | ||
9322 | return renderer; | |
9323 | } | |
9324 | ||
9325 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
9326 | { | |
9327 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9328 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
9329 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9330 | ||
9331 | return editor; | |
9332 | } | |
9333 | ||
9334 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
9335 | { | |
9336 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9337 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
9338 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9339 | ||
9340 | return isReadOnly; | |
9341 | } | |
9342 | ||
9343 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9344 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
9345 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9346 | ||
9347 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
9348 | { | |
9349 | if ( !m_table ) | |
9350 | { | |
9351 | return false; | |
9352 | } | |
9353 | ||
9354 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9355 | } | |
9356 | ||
9357 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
9358 | { | |
9359 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
9360 | { | |
9361 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9362 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
9363 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
9364 | } | |
9365 | } | |
9366 | ||
9367 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
9368 | { | |
9369 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
9370 | { | |
9371 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9372 | ||
9373 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
9374 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
9375 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
9376 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
9377 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
9378 | } | |
9379 | } | |
9380 | ||
9381 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
9382 | { | |
9383 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
9384 | { | |
9385 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9386 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9387 | ||
9388 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9389 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
9390 | #endif | |
9391 | ||
9392 | return true; | |
9393 | } | |
9394 | else | |
9395 | { | |
9396 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9397 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
9398 | #endif | |
9399 | ||
9400 | return false; | |
9401 | } | |
9402 | } | |
9403 | ||
9404 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9405 | { | |
9406 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
9407 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
9408 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
9409 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
9410 | { | |
9411 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
9412 | { | |
9413 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
9414 | : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9415 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
9416 | } | |
9417 | } | |
9418 | ||
9419 | if (attr) | |
9420 | { | |
9421 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9422 | } | |
9423 | else | |
9424 | { | |
9425 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
9426 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9427 | } | |
9428 | ||
9429 | return attr; | |
9430 | } | |
9431 | ||
9432 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9433 | { | |
9434 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
9435 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9436 | ||
9437 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
9438 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
9439 | ||
9440 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
9441 | if ( !attr ) | |
9442 | { | |
9443 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9444 | ||
9445 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
9446 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9447 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9448 | } | |
9449 | ||
9450 | return attr; | |
9451 | } | |
9452 | ||
9453 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9454 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
9455 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9456 | ||
9457 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
9458 | { | |
9459 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
9460 | } | |
9461 | ||
9462 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
9463 | { | |
9464 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
9465 | } | |
9466 | ||
9467 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
9468 | { | |
9469 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
9470 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
9471 | { | |
9472 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
9473 | } | |
9474 | ||
9475 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
9476 | } | |
9477 | ||
9478 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
9479 | { | |
9480 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
9481 | if (!attr) | |
9482 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
9483 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
9484 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9485 | ||
9486 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
9487 | ||
9488 | } | |
9489 | ||
9490 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9491 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
9492 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9493 | ||
9494 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9495 | { | |
9496 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9497 | { | |
9498 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9499 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9500 | } | |
9501 | else | |
9502 | { | |
9503 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9504 | } | |
9505 | } | |
9506 | ||
9507 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9508 | { | |
9509 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9510 | { | |
9511 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
9512 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9513 | } | |
9514 | else | |
9515 | { | |
9516 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9517 | } | |
9518 | } | |
9519 | ||
9520 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9521 | { | |
9522 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9523 | { | |
9524 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
9525 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9526 | } | |
9527 | else | |
9528 | { | |
9529 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9530 | } | |
9531 | } | |
9532 | ||
9533 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9534 | { | |
9535 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9536 | { | |
9537 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9538 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
9539 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9540 | } | |
9541 | } | |
9542 | ||
9543 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9544 | { | |
9545 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9546 | { | |
9547 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9548 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
9549 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9550 | } | |
9551 | } | |
9552 | ||
9553 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
9554 | { | |
9555 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9556 | { | |
9557 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9558 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
9559 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9560 | } | |
9561 | } | |
9562 | ||
9563 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
9564 | { | |
9565 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9566 | { | |
9567 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9568 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9569 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9570 | } | |
9571 | } | |
9572 | ||
9573 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
9574 | { | |
9575 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9576 | { | |
9577 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9578 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9579 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9580 | } | |
9581 | } | |
9582 | ||
9583 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
9584 | { | |
9585 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9586 | { | |
9587 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
9588 | ||
9589 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9590 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
9591 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
9592 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9593 | ||
9594 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
9595 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
9596 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
9597 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
9598 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
9599 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
9600 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
9601 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
9602 | ||
9603 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
9604 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1)) | |
9605 | { | |
9606 | int i, j; | |
9607 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
9608 | { | |
9609 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
9610 | { | |
9611 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9612 | { | |
9613 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9614 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
9615 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9616 | } | |
9617 | } | |
9618 | } | |
9619 | } | |
9620 | ||
9621 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
9622 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
9623 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
9624 | { | |
9625 | int i, j; | |
9626 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
9627 | { | |
9628 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
9629 | { | |
9630 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9631 | { | |
9632 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9633 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
9634 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9635 | } | |
9636 | } | |
9637 | } | |
9638 | } | |
9639 | } | |
9640 | } | |
9641 | ||
9642 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9643 | { | |
9644 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9645 | { | |
9646 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9647 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9648 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9649 | } | |
9650 | } | |
9651 | ||
9652 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
9653 | { | |
9654 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9655 | { | |
9656 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9657 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
9658 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9659 | } | |
9660 | } | |
9661 | ||
9662 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
9663 | { | |
9664 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9665 | { | |
9666 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9667 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
9668 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9669 | } | |
9670 | } | |
9671 | ||
9672 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9673 | // Data type registration | |
9674 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9675 | ||
9676 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
9677 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
9678 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
9679 | { | |
9680 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
9681 | } | |
9682 | ||
9683 | ||
9684 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
9685 | { | |
9686 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
9687 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
9688 | } | |
9689 | ||
9690 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
9691 | { | |
9692 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
9693 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
9694 | } | |
9695 | ||
9696 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
9697 | { | |
9698 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
9699 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
9700 | { | |
9701 | wxString errStr; | |
9702 | ||
9703 | errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()); | |
9704 | wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str()); | |
9705 | ||
9706 | return NULL; | |
9707 | } | |
9708 | ||
9709 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
9710 | } | |
9711 | ||
9712 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
9713 | { | |
9714 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
9715 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
9716 | { | |
9717 | wxString errStr; | |
9718 | ||
9719 | errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()); | |
9720 | wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str()); | |
9721 | ||
9722 | return NULL; | |
9723 | } | |
9724 | ||
9725 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
9726 | } | |
9727 | ||
9728 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9729 | // row/col size | |
9730 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9731 | ||
9732 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
9733 | { | |
9734 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
9735 | } | |
9736 | ||
9737 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
9738 | { | |
9739 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
9740 | } | |
9741 | ||
9742 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
9743 | { | |
9744 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
9745 | } | |
9746 | ||
9747 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
9748 | { | |
9749 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
9750 | } | |
9751 | ||
9752 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
9753 | { | |
9754 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
9755 | ||
9756 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
9757 | { | |
9758 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
9759 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
9760 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
9761 | // some speed optimisations) | |
9762 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
9763 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
9764 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9765 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9766 | } | |
9767 | } | |
9768 | ||
9769 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
9770 | { | |
9771 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9772 | ||
9773 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
9774 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
9775 | return; | |
9776 | ||
9777 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
9778 | { | |
9779 | // need to really create the array | |
9780 | InitRowHeights(); | |
9781 | } | |
9782 | ||
9783 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
9784 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
9785 | ||
9786 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
9787 | int i; | |
9788 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
9789 | { | |
9790 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
9791 | } | |
9792 | ||
9793 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9794 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9795 | } | |
9796 | ||
9797 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
9798 | { | |
9799 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ); | |
9800 | ||
9801 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
9802 | { | |
9803 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
9804 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
9805 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
9806 | // some speed optimisations) | |
9807 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
9808 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
9809 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9810 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9811 | } | |
9812 | } | |
9813 | ||
9814 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
9815 | { | |
9816 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9817 | ||
9818 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
9819 | // (VZ) | |
9820 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's | |
9821 | // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker | |
9822 | // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering | |
9823 | // | |
9824 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 | |
9825 | ||
9826 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
9827 | return; | |
9828 | ||
9829 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
9830 | { | |
9831 | // need to really create the array | |
9832 | InitColWidths(); | |
9833 | } | |
9834 | ||
9835 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
9836 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
9837 | { | |
9838 | long w, h; | |
9839 | wxArrayString lines; | |
9840 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); | |
9841 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
9842 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
9843 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
9844 | width = w + 6; | |
9845 | } | |
9846 | ||
9847 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
9848 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
9849 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
9850 | ||
9851 | int i; | |
9852 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
9853 | { | |
9854 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
9855 | } | |
9856 | ||
9857 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9858 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9859 | } | |
9860 | ||
9861 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
9862 | { | |
9863 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
9864 | { | |
9865 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
9866 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
9867 | } | |
9868 | } | |
9869 | ||
9870 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
9871 | { | |
9872 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
9873 | { | |
9874 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
9875 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
9876 | } | |
9877 | } | |
9878 | ||
9879 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
9880 | { | |
9881 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
9882 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
9883 | ||
9884 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
9885 | } | |
9886 | ||
9887 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
9888 | { | |
9889 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
9890 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
9891 | ||
9892 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
9893 | } | |
9894 | ||
9895 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
9896 | { | |
9897 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
9898 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
9899 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
9900 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
9901 | } | |
9902 | ||
9903 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
9904 | { | |
9905 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
9906 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
9907 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
9908 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
9909 | } | |
9910 | ||
9911 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
9912 | { | |
9913 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
9914 | } | |
9915 | ||
9916 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
9917 | { | |
9918 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
9919 | } | |
9920 | ||
9921 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9922 | // auto sizing | |
9923 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9924 | ||
9925 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
9926 | { | |
9927 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
9928 | ||
9929 | // cancel editing of cell | |
9930 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
9931 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
9932 | ||
9933 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
9934 | int row = -1, | |
9935 | col = -1; | |
9936 | if ( column ) | |
9937 | col = colOrRow; | |
9938 | else | |
9939 | row = colOrRow; | |
9940 | ||
9941 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
9942 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
9943 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
9944 | { | |
9945 | if ( column ) | |
9946 | row = rowOrCol; | |
9947 | else | |
9948 | col = rowOrCol; | |
9949 | ||
9950 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9951 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9952 | if ( renderer ) | |
9953 | { | |
9954 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
9955 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
9956 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
9957 | extentMax = extent; | |
9958 | ||
9959 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
9960 | } | |
9961 | ||
9962 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9963 | } | |
9964 | ||
9965 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
9966 | wxCoord w, h; | |
9967 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
9968 | ||
9969 | if ( column ) | |
9970 | { | |
9971 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
9972 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9973 | w = h; | |
9974 | } | |
9975 | else | |
9976 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
9977 | ||
9978 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
9979 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
9980 | extentMax = extent; | |
9981 | ||
9982 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
9983 | { | |
9984 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
9985 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
9986 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9987 | } | |
9988 | else | |
9989 | { | |
9990 | if ( column ) | |
9991 | // leave some space around text | |
9992 | extentMax += 10; | |
9993 | else | |
9994 | extentMax += 6; | |
9995 | } | |
9996 | ||
9997 | if ( column ) | |
9998 | { | |
9999 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
10000 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10001 | { | |
10002 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10003 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10004 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
10005 | rect.y = 0; | |
10006 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
10007 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
10008 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10009 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10010 | } | |
10011 | } | |
10012 | else | |
10013 | { | |
10014 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
10015 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10016 | { | |
10017 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10018 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10019 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
10020 | rect.x = 0; | |
10021 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10022 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10023 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
10024 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10025 | } | |
10026 | } | |
10027 | ||
10028 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
10029 | { | |
10030 | if ( column ) | |
10031 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
10032 | else | |
10033 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
10034 | } | |
10035 | } | |
10036 | ||
10037 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10038 | { | |
10039 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10040 | ||
10041 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10042 | BeginBatch(); | |
10043 | ||
10044 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10045 | { | |
10046 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10047 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
10048 | ||
10049 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
10050 | } | |
10051 | ||
10052 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10053 | EndBatch(); | |
10054 | ||
10055 | return width; | |
10056 | } | |
10057 | ||
10058 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10059 | { | |
10060 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10061 | ||
10062 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10063 | BeginBatch(); | |
10064 | ||
10065 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10066 | { | |
10067 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10068 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
10069 | ||
10070 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
10071 | } | |
10072 | ||
10073 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10074 | EndBatch(); | |
10075 | ||
10076 | return height; | |
10077 | } | |
10078 | ||
10079 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
10080 | { | |
10081 | BeginBatch(); | |
10082 | ||
10083 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false)); | |
10084 | ||
10085 | // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we | |
10086 | // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width | |
10087 | // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary | |
10088 | // scrollbar steps | |
10089 | wxSize sizeFit( | |
10090 | GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX, | |
10091 | GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY ); | |
10092 | ||
10093 | // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having | |
10094 | // extra white space | |
10095 | ||
10096 | // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above | |
10097 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1); | |
10098 | if ( diff && m_numCols ) | |
10099 | { | |
10100 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10101 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; | |
10102 | if ( diffPerCol ) | |
10103 | { | |
10104 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10105 | { | |
10106 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); | |
10107 | } | |
10108 | } | |
10109 | ||
10110 | // add remaining amount to the last columns | |
10111 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; | |
10112 | if ( diff ) | |
10113 | { | |
10114 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) | |
10115 | { | |
10116 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); | |
10117 | } | |
10118 | } | |
10119 | } | |
10120 | ||
10121 | // same for rows | |
10122 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1); | |
10123 | if ( diff && m_numRows ) | |
10124 | { | |
10125 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
10126 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; | |
10127 | if ( diffPerRow ) | |
10128 | { | |
10129 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10130 | { | |
10131 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); | |
10132 | } | |
10133 | } | |
10134 | ||
10135 | // add remaining amount to the last rows | |
10136 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; | |
10137 | if ( diff ) | |
10138 | { | |
10139 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) | |
10140 | { | |
10141 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); | |
10142 | } | |
10143 | } | |
10144 | } | |
10145 | ||
10146 | EndBatch(); | |
10147 | ||
10148 | SetClientSize(sizeFit); | |
10149 | } | |
10150 | ||
10151 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
10152 | { | |
10153 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10154 | long w, h; | |
10155 | ||
10156 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10157 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10158 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10159 | { | |
10160 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10161 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10162 | } | |
10163 | ||
10164 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
10165 | StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines ); | |
10166 | wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin ); | |
10167 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10168 | if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight ) | |
10169 | h = m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10170 | SetRowSize(row, h); | |
10171 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10172 | } | |
10173 | ||
10174 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
10175 | { | |
10176 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10177 | long w, h; | |
10178 | ||
10179 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10180 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10181 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10182 | { | |
10183 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10184 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10185 | } | |
10186 | ||
10187 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
10188 | StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines ); | |
10189 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
10190 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
10191 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10192 | else | |
10193 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
10194 | if ( w < m_defaultColWidth ) | |
10195 | w = m_defaultColWidth; | |
10196 | SetColSize(col, w); | |
10197 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10198 | } | |
10199 | ||
10200 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
10201 | { | |
10202 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
10203 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
10204 | ||
10205 | int width, height; | |
10206 | width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true); | |
10207 | height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true); | |
10208 | ||
10209 | if (!width) | |
10210 | width = 100; | |
10211 | if (!height) | |
10212 | height = 80; | |
10213 | ||
10214 | // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate | |
10215 | // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid of the scrollbars; | |
10216 | // is there any magic incantation for that? | |
10217 | int xpu, ypu; | |
10218 | GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu); | |
10219 | if (xpu) | |
10220 | width += 1 + xpu - (width % xpu); | |
10221 | if (ypu) | |
10222 | height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu); | |
10223 | ||
10224 | // limit to 1/4 of the screen size | |
10225 | int maxwidth, maxheight; | |
10226 | wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight ); | |
10227 | maxwidth /= 2; | |
10228 | maxheight /= 2; | |
10229 | if ( width > maxwidth ) | |
10230 | width = maxwidth; | |
10231 | if ( height > maxheight ) | |
10232 | height = maxheight; | |
10233 | ||
10234 | wxSize best(width, height); | |
10235 | ||
10236 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
10237 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
10238 | // calculation. | |
10239 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
10240 | ||
10241 | return best; | |
10242 | } | |
10243 | ||
10244 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
10245 | { | |
10246 | AutoSize(); | |
10247 | } | |
10248 | ||
10249 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
10250 | { | |
10251 | return wxNullPen; | |
10252 | } | |
10253 | ||
10254 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10255 | // cell value accessor functions | |
10256 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10257 | ||
10258 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
10259 | { | |
10260 | if ( m_table ) | |
10261 | { | |
10262 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
10263 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10264 | { | |
10265 | int dummy; | |
10266 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
10267 | rect.x = 0; | |
10268 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
10269 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10270 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
10271 | } | |
10272 | ||
10273 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
10274 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
10275 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
10276 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
10277 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
10278 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
10279 | { | |
10280 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10281 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
10282 | } | |
10283 | } | |
10284 | } | |
10285 | ||
10286 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10287 | // block, row and column selection | |
10288 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10289 | ||
10290 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
10291 | { | |
10292 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10293 | ClearSelection(); | |
10294 | ||
10295 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10296 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected ); | |
10297 | } | |
10298 | ||
10299 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
10300 | { | |
10301 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10302 | ClearSelection(); | |
10303 | ||
10304 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10305 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected ); | |
10306 | } | |
10307 | ||
10308 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
10309 | bool addToSelected ) | |
10310 | { | |
10311 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
10312 | ClearSelection(); | |
10313 | ||
10314 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10315 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
10316 | false, addToSelected ); | |
10317 | } | |
10318 | ||
10319 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
10320 | { | |
10321 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
10322 | { | |
10323 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10324 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
10325 | } | |
10326 | } | |
10327 | ||
10328 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10329 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
10330 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10331 | ||
10332 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
10333 | { | |
10334 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10335 | return; | |
10336 | ||
10337 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
10338 | { | |
10339 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
10340 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0); | |
10341 | } | |
10342 | else | |
10343 | { | |
10344 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
10345 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ ) | |
10346 | { | |
10347 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
10348 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i); | |
10349 | } | |
10350 | } | |
10351 | } | |
10352 | ||
10353 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
10354 | { | |
10355 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10356 | return; | |
10357 | ||
10358 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
10359 | { | |
10360 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
10361 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col); | |
10362 | } | |
10363 | else | |
10364 | { | |
10365 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
10366 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ ) | |
10367 | { | |
10368 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
10369 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
10370 | } | |
10371 | } | |
10372 | } | |
10373 | ||
10374 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
10375 | { | |
10376 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
10377 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
10378 | } | |
10379 | ||
10380 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
10381 | { | |
10382 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
10383 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
10384 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
10385 | } | |
10386 | ||
10387 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
10388 | { | |
10389 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
10390 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
10391 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
10392 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
10393 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
10394 | } | |
10395 | ||
10396 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
10397 | { | |
10398 | if (!m_selection) | |
10399 | { | |
10400 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10401 | return a; | |
10402 | } | |
10403 | ||
10404 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
10405 | } | |
10406 | ||
10407 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
10408 | { | |
10409 | if (!m_selection) | |
10410 | { | |
10411 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10412 | return a; | |
10413 | } | |
10414 | ||
10415 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
10416 | } | |
10417 | ||
10418 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
10419 | { | |
10420 | if (!m_selection) | |
10421 | { | |
10422 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10423 | return a; | |
10424 | } | |
10425 | ||
10426 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
10427 | } | |
10428 | ||
10429 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
10430 | { | |
10431 | if (!m_selection) | |
10432 | { | |
10433 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10434 | return a; | |
10435 | } | |
10436 | ||
10437 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
10438 | } | |
10439 | ||
10440 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
10441 | { | |
10442 | if (!m_selection) | |
10443 | { | |
10444 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10445 | return a; | |
10446 | } | |
10447 | ||
10448 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
10449 | } | |
10450 | ||
10451 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
10452 | { | |
10453 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
10454 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
10455 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10456 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
10457 | } | |
10458 | ||
10459 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
10460 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
10461 | // | |
10462 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
10463 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
10464 | { | |
10465 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
10466 | wxRect cellRect; | |
10467 | ||
10468 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
10469 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10470 | { | |
10471 | rect = cellRect; | |
10472 | } | |
10473 | else | |
10474 | { | |
10475 | rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
10476 | } | |
10477 | ||
10478 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
10479 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10480 | { | |
10481 | rect += cellRect; | |
10482 | } | |
10483 | else | |
10484 | { | |
10485 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
10486 | } | |
10487 | ||
10488 | int i, j; | |
10489 | int left = rect.GetLeft(); | |
10490 | int top = rect.GetTop(); | |
10491 | int right = rect.GetRight(); | |
10492 | int bottom = rect.GetBottom(); | |
10493 | ||
10494 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
10495 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
10496 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
10497 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
10498 | ||
10499 | if (left > right) | |
10500 | { | |
10501 | i = left; | |
10502 | left = right; | |
10503 | right = i; | |
10504 | i = leftCol; | |
10505 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
10506 | rightCol = i; | |
10507 | } | |
10508 | ||
10509 | if (top > bottom) | |
10510 | { | |
10511 | i = top; | |
10512 | top = bottom; | |
10513 | bottom = i; | |
10514 | i = topRow; | |
10515 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
10516 | bottomRow = i; | |
10517 | } | |
10518 | ||
10519 | for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
10520 | { | |
10521 | for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ ) | |
10522 | { | |
10523 | if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol)) | |
10524 | { | |
10525 | cellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
10526 | ||
10527 | if (cellRect.x < left) | |
10528 | left = cellRect.x; | |
10529 | if (cellRect.y < top) | |
10530 | top = cellRect.y; | |
10531 | if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right) | |
10532 | right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width; | |
10533 | if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom) | |
10534 | bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height; | |
10535 | } | |
10536 | else | |
10537 | { | |
10538 | i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
10539 | } | |
10540 | } | |
10541 | } | |
10542 | ||
10543 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
10544 | // | |
10545 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
10546 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
10547 | ||
10548 | int cw, ch; | |
10549 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10550 | ||
10551 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
10552 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
10553 | ||
10554 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
10555 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
10556 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
10557 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
10558 | ||
10559 | return rect; | |
10560 | } | |
10561 | ||
10562 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10563 | // grid event classes | |
10564 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10565 | ||
10566 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10567 | ||
10568 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10569 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
10570 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10571 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10572 | { | |
10573 | m_row = row; | |
10574 | m_col = col; | |
10575 | m_x = x; | |
10576 | m_y = y; | |
10577 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10578 | m_control = control; | |
10579 | m_shift = shift; | |
10580 | m_alt = alt; | |
10581 | m_meta = meta; | |
10582 | ||
10583 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10584 | } | |
10585 | ||
10586 | ||
10587 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10588 | ||
10589 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10590 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
10591 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10592 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10593 | { | |
10594 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
10595 | m_x = x; | |
10596 | m_y = y; | |
10597 | m_control = control; | |
10598 | m_shift = shift; | |
10599 | m_alt = alt; | |
10600 | m_meta = meta; | |
10601 | ||
10602 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10603 | } | |
10604 | ||
10605 | ||
10606 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10607 | ||
10608 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10609 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
10610 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
10611 | bool sel, bool control, | |
10612 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10613 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10614 | { | |
10615 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
10616 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
10617 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10618 | m_control = control; | |
10619 | m_shift = shift; | |
10620 | m_alt = alt; | |
10621 | m_meta = meta; | |
10622 | ||
10623 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10624 | } | |
10625 | ||
10626 | ||
10627 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
10628 | ||
10629 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
10630 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
10631 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
10632 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
10633 | { | |
10634 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10635 | m_row = row; | |
10636 | m_col = col; | |
10637 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
10638 | } | |
10639 | ||
10640 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |